Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device

Abstract

An organic electroluminescent element 1 having a first light-emitting layer 51 containing a first host material, a first organic material, and a first dopant material, and a second light-emitting layer 52 containing a second host material and a second dopant material, where the first host material, the first organic material, and the second host material are compounds with different structures from each other, and satisfy mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1) to (Mathematical formula 2). T1(H1) > T1(H3)…(Mathematical formula 1) T1(H2) > T1(H3)…(Mathematical formula 2) In mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1) to (Mathematical formula 2), T1(H1), T1(H2), and T1(H3) are the triplet energies of the first host material, the first organic material, and the second host material.

Description

Technical Field

[0001] The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element and an electronic device. Background Art

[0002] Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic EL elements") are used in full-color displays of mobile phones and televisions. When voltage is applied to an organic EL element, holes are injected from the anode into the light-emitting layer, and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light-emitting layer. Then, the injected holes and electrons in the light-emitting layer recombine to form excitons. At this time, according to the statistical law of electron spin, singlet excitons are generated at a ratio of 25%, and triplet excitons are generated at a ratio of 75%.

[0003] In order to improve the performance of organic EL elements, various studies have been conducted on compounds used in organic EL elements, for example, in Patent Documents 1 to 5. In addition, in Patent Document 6, in order to improve the performance of organic EL elements, a phenomenon of generating singlet excitons due to the collision fusion of two triplet excitons (hereinafter sometimes referred to as triplet-triplet fusion (Triplet-Triplet Fusion) = TTF phenomenon) is described.

[0004] Examples of the performance of an organic EL element include brightness, emission wavelength, chromaticity, emission efficiency, driving voltage, and lifespan.

[0005] Prior art literature

[0006] Patent Literature

[0007] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-157552

[0008] Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-016478

[0009] Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 2007 / 138906

[0010] Patent Document 4: U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2019 / 280209

[0011] Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-294261

[0012] Patent Document 6: International Publication No. 2010 / 134350 Summary of the invention

[0013] Problem that the invention aims to solve

[0014] An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent element having improved light emission efficiency while suppressing a decrease in chromaticity, and an electronic device having the organic electroluminescent element mounted thereon.

[0015] Means used to solve problems

[0016] According to one embodiment of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element is provided, which has an anode, a cathode, a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, wherein the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are arranged between the anode and the cathode, the first light-emitting layer comprises a first main material, a first organic material and a first dopant material, the second light-emitting layer comprises a second main material and a second dopant material, the first main material, the first organic material and the second main material are compounds with different structures, the first dopant material and the second dopant material are compounds with the same structure or compounds with different structures, and the first main material, the first organic material, the second main material, the first dopant material and the second dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 1), (Mathematical Formula 2), (Mathematical Formula 3), (Mathematical Formula 5) and (Mathematical Formula 6).

[0017] T 1 (H1)>T 1 (H3)…(Mathematical formula 1)

[0018] T 1 (H2)>T 1 (H3)…(Mathematical formula 2)

[0019] T 1 (D1)>T 1 (H1)…(Mathematical formula 3)

[0020] S 1 (H1)>S 1 (D1)…(Formula 5)

[0021] S 1 (H2)>S 1 (D1)…(Formula 6)

[0022] (In the above mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1), (Mathematical formula 2), (Mathematical formula 3), (Mathematical formula 5) and (Mathematical formula 6),

[0023] T 1 (H1) is the triplet energy of the first host material (unit: eV),

[0024] T 1 (H2) is the triplet energy of the first organic material (unit: eV),

[0025] T 1 (H3) is the triplet energy of the second host material (unit: eV),

[0026] T 1 (D1) is the triplet energy of the first dopant material (unit: eV),

[0027] S 1 (H1) is the singlet energy of the first host material (unit: eV),

[0028] S 1 (H2) is the singlet energy of the first organic material (unit: eV),

[0029] S 1 (D1) is the singlet energy of the first dopant material (unit: eV).

[0030] According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention described above.

[0031] According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element having improved light emission efficiency while suppressing a decrease in chromaticity can be provided. In addition, according to one aspect of the present invention, an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element can be provided. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0032] Figure 1 This is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an example of an organic electroluminescent element according to an embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0033] [definition]

[0034] In this specification, the hydrogen atom means including isotopes having different numbers of neutrons, namely, protium, deuterium, and tritium.

[0035] In the present specification, in chemical structural formulas, a bondable position that does not clearly show a symbol such as "R" or "D" representing a deuterium atom is assumed to be bonded with a hydrogen atom, that is, a protium atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.

[0036] In this specification, the ring carbon number refers to the number of carbon atoms among the atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are bonded in a ring shape. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the ring carbon number. The "ring carbon number" recorded below is set in the same manner unless otherwise stated. For example, the ring carbon number of the benzene ring is 6, the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring is 10, the ring carbon number of the pyridine ring is 5, and the ring carbon number of the furan ring is 4. In addition, for example, the ring carbon number of 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl is 13, and the ring carbon number of 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl is 25.

[0037] In addition, when a substituent such as an alkyl group is substituted on a benzene ring, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the benzene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of the benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 6. In addition, when a substituent such as an alkyl group is substituted on a naphthalene ring, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 10.

[0038] In this specification, the number of ring atoms refers to the number of atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are bonded in a ring shape (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound). Atoms that do not constitute a ring (e.g., hydrogen atoms that terminate the bonds of atoms constituting the ring) and atoms contained in a substituent when the ring is substituted by a substituent are not included in the number of ring atoms. The "number of ring atoms" recorded below is set in the same manner as long as it is not recorded separately. For example, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring is 6, the number of ring atoms of a quinazoline ring is 10, and the number of ring atoms of a furan ring is 5. For example, the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to a pyridine ring or atoms constituting a substituent is not included in the number of pyridine ring atoms. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring bonded with a hydrogen atom or a substituent is 6. In addition, for example, hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms of the quinazoline ring or atoms constituting substituents are not included in the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring to which hydrogen atoms or substituents are bonded is 10.

[0039] In this specification, "carbon number XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group with carbon number XX to YY" means the carbon number of the ZZ group when it is unsubstituted, and does not include the carbon number of the substituent when it is substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX", "XX" means an integer greater than 1, and "YY" means an integer greater than 2.

[0040] In this specification, "the number of atoms XX to YY" in the expression "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having an atomic number of XX to YY" means the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and does not include the number of atoms of the substituent when substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX", "XX" means an integer greater than 1, and "YY" means an integer greater than 2.

[0041] In the present specification, an unsubstituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is an "unsubstituted ZZ group", and a substituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is a "substituted ZZ group".

[0042] In the present specification, "unsubstituted" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that the hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is not replaced by a substituent. The hydrogen atom in the "unsubstituted ZZ group" is a protium atom, a deuterium atom or a tritium atom.

[0043] In addition, in the present specification, "substituted" when expressing "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group are replaced by a substituent. "Substituted" when expressing "BB group substituted by AA group" also means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the BB group are replaced by an AA group.

[0044] "Substituents described in this specification"

[0045] The substituents described in the present specification are described below.

[0046] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aryl group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0047] The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0048] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0049] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0050] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkynyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0051] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in the present specification is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0052] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted arylene group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0053] The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0054] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkylene group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0055] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryl"

[0056] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" described in this specification (specific example group G1), the following unsubstituted aryl (specific example group G1A) and substituted aryl (specific example group G1B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted aryl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" is "unsubstituted aryl", and substituted aryl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" is "substituted aryl".) In this specification, when simply expressed as "aryl", both "unsubstituted aryl" and "substituted aryl" are included.

[0057] "Substituted aryl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl" are replaced by a substituent. Examples of "substituted aryl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl" are replaced by a substituent in the following specific example group G1A, and examples of substituted aryl in the following specific example group G1B. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted aryl" and "substituted aryl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted aryl" described in this specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the aryl itself in the "substituted aryl" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent, and groups in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted aryl" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0058] Unsubstituted aryl (specific example group G1A):

[0059] Phenyl,

[0060] p-Biphenyl,

[0061] m-Biphenyl,

[0062] o-Biphenyl,

[0063] 4-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0064] 4-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0065] 4-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0066] m-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0067] m-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0068] m-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0069] o-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0070] o-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0071] o-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0072] 1-naphthyl,

[0073] 2-naphthyl,

[0074] Anthracene,

[0075] Benzanthryl,

[0076] Fiki,

[0077] Triphenylene,

[0078] Phenyl,

[0079] Pyrene

[0080] base,

[0081] Benzo base,

[0082] Triphenylene,

[0083] Benzotriphenylene,

[0084] Tetraphenylene,

[0085] Pentaphenyl,

[0086] Fluorene,

[0087] 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl,

[0088] Benzofluorenyl,

[0089] Dibenzofluorenyl,

[0090] Fluoranthene group,

[0091] Benzofluoranthene,

[0092] Perylene and

[0093] A monovalent aromatic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15).

[0094]

Chemical formula 1

[0095]

[0096]

Chemical formula 2

[0097]

[0098] Substituted aryl (specific example group G1B):

[0099] o-Toluyl,

[0100] m-Toluene

[0101] p-Tolyl,

[0102] p-Xylyl,

[0103] m-Xylyl,

[0104] o-Xylyl,

[0105] p-Isopropylphenyl,

[0106] m-isopropylphenyl,

[0107] o-isopropylphenyl,

[0108] 4-tert-Butylphenyl,

[0109] m-tert-butylphenyl,

[0110] o-tert-butylphenyl,

[0111] 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl,

[0112] 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl,

[0113] 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl,

[0114] 9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0115] 9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0116] 9,9-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0117] Cyanophenyl,

[0118] Triphenylsilylphenyl,

[0119] Trimethylsilylphenyl,

[0120] Phenyl naphthyl,

[0121] Naphthylphenyl and

[0122] A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) are replaced with a substituent.

[0123] "Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group"

[0124] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a cyclic group containing at least one heteroatom among the ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the heteroatom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom and a boron atom.

[0125] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a monocyclic group or a condensed ring group.

[0126] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

[0127] As specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in the present specification (specific example group G2), the following unsubstituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2B) can be cited. (Here, the unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group", and the substituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is a "substituted heterocyclic group".) In the present specification, when only "heterocyclic group" is expressed, both "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group" are included.

[0128] "Substituted heterocyclic group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted heterocyclic group" include groups in which hydrogen atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" of the following specific example group G2A are substituted, and examples of substituted heterocyclic groups of the following specific example group G2B are mentioned. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted heterocyclic group" recorded in this specification also includes groups in which hydrogen atoms bonded to ring atoms of the heterocyclic group itself in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents, and groups in which hydrogen atoms of substituents in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents.

[0129] Specific example group G2A includes, for example, the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen atoms (specific example group G2A1), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing oxygen atoms (specific example group G2A2), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing sulfur atoms (specific example group G2A3), and monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4).

[0130] Specific example group G2B includes, for example, the following heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen atom substitution (specific example group G2B1), oxygen atom substitution (specific example group G2B2), sulfur atom substitution (specific example group G2B3), and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the following general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4).

[0131] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1):

[0132] Pyrrolyl,

[0133] Imidazole,

[0134] Pyrazolyl,

[0135] Triazole,

[0136] Tetrazolyl,

[0137] Oxazolyl,

[0138] Isoxazolyl,

[0139] Oxadiazolyl,

[0140] Thiazolyl,

[0141] Isothiazolyl,

[0142] Thiadiazole,

[0143] Pyridyl,

[0144] Pyridazine

[0145] Pyrimidine,

[0146] Pyrazinyl,

[0147] Triazine,

[0148] Indolyl,

[0149] Isoindolyl,

[0150] Indolizine

[0151] Quinolizinyl,

[0152] Quinoline,

[0153] Isoquinolinyl,

[0154] Cinnoline,

[0155] Phthalocyanine

[0156] Quinazoline,

[0157] Quinoxaline,

[0158] Benzimidazolyl,

[0159] Indazolyl,

[0160] Phenanthroline,

[0161] Phenanthridinyl,

[0162] Acridinium,

[0163] Phenazine,

[0164] Carbazolyl,

[0165] Benzocarbazolyl,

[0166] Morpholinyl,

[0167] Phenoxazine,

[0168] Phenothiazine,

[0169] Azacarbazolyl and diazacarbazolyl.

[0170] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2):

[0171] Furanyl,

[0172] Oxazolyl,

[0173] Isoxazolyl,

[0174] Oxadiazolyl,

[0175] Xanthyl,

[0176] Benzofuranyl,

[0177] Isobenzofuranyl,

[0178] Dibenzofuranyl,

[0179] Naphthobenzofuranyl,

[0180] Benzoxazolyl,

[0181] Benzisoxazolyl,

[0182] Phenoxazine,

[0183] Morpholinyl,

[0184] dinaphthofuranyl,

[0185] Azadibenzofuranyl,

[0186] Diazadibenzofuranyl,

[0187] Azanaphthobenzofuranyl and

[0188] naphthyridinylbenzofuranyl.

[0189] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3):

[0190] Thienyl,

[0191] Thiazolyl,

[0192] Isothiazolyl,

[0193] Thiadiazole,

[0194] benzothienyl,

[0195] Isobenzothienyl,

[0196] dibenzothienyl,

[0197] naphthobenzothienyl,

[0198] Benzothiazolyl,

[0199] Benzisothiazolyl,

[0200] Phenothiazine,

[0201] dinaphthothienyl,

[0202] azadibenzothienyl,

[0203] diazadibenzothienyl,

[0204] azanaphthobenzothienyl and

[0205] diazanaphthobenzothienyl.

[0206] A monovalent heterocyclic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (Specific example group G2A4):

[0207]

Chemical formula 3

[0208]

[0209]

Chemical formula 4

[0210]

[0211] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or CH2. A and Y A At least one of them is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NH.

[0212] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A When at least any one of is NH or CH2, the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) includes a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from these NH or CH2.

[0213] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1):

[0214] (9-phenyl)carbazolyl,

[0215] (9-biphenyl)carbazolyl,

[0216] (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl,

[0217] (9-naphthyl)carbazolyl,

[0218] Diphenylcarbazole-9-yl,

[0219] Phenylcarbazol-9-yl,

[0220] Methylbenzimidazolyl,

[0221] Ethylbenzimidazolyl,

[0222] Phenyl triazine,

[0223] Biphenyl triazine,

[0224] Diphenyltriazine,

[0225] phenylquinazolinyl and biphenylquinazolinyl.

[0226] Substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2):

[0227] Phenyldibenzofuranyl,

[0228] Methyldibenzofuranyl,

[0229] tert-Butyldibenzofuranyl and

[0230] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-xanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0231] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3):

[0232] Phenyldibenzothiophene,

[0233] Methyldibenzothiophene,

[0234] tert-Butyldibenzothienyl and

[0235] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-thioxanthen-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0236] · Groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with substituents (Specific example group G2B4):

[0237] The above-mentioned “one or more hydrogen atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group” refers to one or more hydrogen atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atoms bonded to ring-constituting carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group, hydrogen atoms bonded to nitrogen atoms when at least one of XA and YA is NH, and hydrogen atoms of a methylene group when one of XA and YA is CH2.

[0238] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl"

[0239] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" described in this specification (specific example group G3), the following unsubstituted alkyl (specific example group G3A) and substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" is "unsubstituted alkyl", and substituted alkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" is "substituted alkyl".) Hereinafter, when only "alkyl" is expressed, both "unsubstituted alkyl" and "substituted alkyl" are included.

[0240] "Substituted alkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkyl" (specific example group G3A) are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B) can be cited. In the present specification, the alkyl group in "unsubstituted alkyl" refers to a chain alkyl group. Therefore, "unsubstituted alkyl" includes "unsubstituted alkyl" as a straight chain and "unsubstituted alkyl" as a branched chain. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkyl" and "substituted alkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkyl" recorded in the present specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group itself in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B are further replaced by a substituent, and groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B are further replaced by a substituent.

[0241] Unsubstituted alkyl (specific example group G3A):

[0242] methyl,

[0243] Ethyl,

[0244] n-propyl,

[0245] Isopropyl,

[0246] n-Butyl,

[0247] Isobutyl

[0248] sec-butyl and tert-butyl.

[0249] Substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B):

[0250] Heptafluoropropyl (including isomers),

[0251] Pentafluoroethyl,

[0252] 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and

[0253] Trifluoromethyl.

[0254] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl"

[0255] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" described in this specification (specific example group G4), the following unsubstituted alkenyl (specific example group G4A) and substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkenyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" is "unsubstituted alkenyl", and "substituted alkenyl" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" is "substituted alkenyl".) In this specification, when simply expressed as "alkenyl", both "unsubstituted alkenyl" and "substituted alkenyl" are included.

[0256] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkenyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkenyl" include the following "unsubstituted alkenyl" (specific example group G4A) groups with substituents and examples of substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkenyl" and "substituted alkenyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkenyl" recorded in this specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the alkenyl itself in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent and groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent.

[0257] Unsubstituted alkenyl (specific example group G4A):

[0258] Vinyl,

[0259] Allyl,

[0260] 1-Butenyl,

[0261] 2-Butenyl and

[0262] 3-Butenyl.

[0263] Substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B):

[0264] 1,3-Butadienyl,

[0265] 1-Methylvinyl,

[0266] 1-methylallyl,

[0267] 1,1-dimethylallyl,

[0268] 2-Methylallyl and

[0269] 1,2-Dimethylallyl.

[0270] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl"

[0271] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl" described in this specification (specific example group G5), the following unsubstituted alkynyl (specific example group G5A) etc. can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkynyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl" is "unsubstituted alkynyl".) When simply expressed as "alkynyl" below, both "unsubstituted alkynyl" and "substituted alkynyl" are included.

[0272] "Substituted alkynyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkynyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkynyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkynyl" (specific example group G5A) are replaced by a substituent.

[0273] Unsubstituted alkynyl (specific example group G5A):

[0274] Ethynyl.

[0275] "Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl"

[0276] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" described in the present specification (specific example group G6), the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted cycloalkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" is "unsubstituted cycloalkyl", and substituted cycloalkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" is "substituted cycloalkyl".) In the present specification, when only "cycloalkyl" is expressed, both "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" are included.

[0277] "Substituted cycloalkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted cycloalkyl" include the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" (specific example group G6A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted cycloalkyl" recorded in this specification also includes the group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl itself in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B are replaced by a substituent, and the group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0278] Unsubstituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6A):

[0279] Cyclopropyl,

[0280] Cyclobutyl,

[0281] Cyclopentyl,

[0282] Cyclohexyl,

[0283] 1-adamantyl,

[0284] 2-adamantyl,

[0285] 1-Norbornyl and

[0286] 2-Norborneol.

[0287] Substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B):

[0288] 4-Methylcyclohexyl.

[0289] ·“-Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 )"

[0290] As described in this specification, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) as a specific example (specific example group G7), can be cited:

[0291] -Si(G1)(G1)(G1),

[0292] -Si(G1)(G2)(G2),

[0293] -Si(G1)(G1)(G2),

[0294] -Si(G2)(G2)(G2),

[0295] -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) and

[0296] -Si(G6)(G6)(G6). Here,

[0297] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0298] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0299] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0300] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0301] A plurality of G1's in -Si(G1)(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0302] Multiple G2 in -Si(G1)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0303] A plurality of G1's in -Si(G1)(G1)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0304] Multiple G2s in -Si(G2)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0305] Multiple G3 in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0306] Multiple G6's in -Si(G6)(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0307] ·“-O-(R 904 )"

[0308] As described in this specification, -O-(R 904 ) as a specific example (specific example group G8), can be cited:

[0309] -O(G1),

[0310] -O(G2),

[0311] -O(G3) and

[0312] -O(G6).

[0313] Here,

[0314] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0315] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0316] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0317] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0318] ·“-S-(R 905 )"

[0319] As described in this specification, -S-(R 905 ) as a specific example (specific example group G9), can be cited:

[0320] -S(G1),

[0321] -S(G2),

[0322] -S(G3) and

[0323] -S(G6).

[0324] Here,

[0325] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0326] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0327] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0328] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0329] ·“-N(R 906 )(R 907 )"

[0330] As described in this specification, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G10), and include

[0331] -N(G1)(G1),

[0332] -N(G2)(G2),

[0333] -N(G1)(G2),

[0334] -N(G3)(G3) and

[0335] -N(G6)(G6).

[0336] Here,

[0337] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0338] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0339] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0340] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0341] - A plurality of G1's in N(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0342] - Multiple G2 in N(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0343] - The multiple G3 in N(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0344] - A plurality of G6's in N(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0345] "Halogen atoms"

[0346] Specific examples of the "halogen atom" described in the present specification (specific example group G11) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

[0347] "Substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl"

[0348] The "substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" described in the present specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a fluorine atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with fluorine atoms (perfluoro group). The carbon number of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification. The "substituted fluoroalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a "fluoroalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" described in the present specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain in a "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in a "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with fluorine atoms.

[0349] "Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl"

[0350] The "substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group" described in the present specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a halogen atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with halogen atoms. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification. The "substituted haloalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a "haloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the "substituted haloalkyl group" described in the present specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain in a "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in a "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of "unsubstituted haloalkyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl" (specific example group G3) are replaced with halogen atoms. A haloalkyl group is sometimes referred to as a halogenated alkyl group.

[0351] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy"

[0352] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -O(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkoxy group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0353] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio"

[0354] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -S(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkylthio group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0355] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group"

[0356] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -O(G1), where G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aryloxy group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0357] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylthio"

[0358] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -S(G1), where G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted arylthio group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0359] "Substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsilyl"

[0360] A specific example of a "trialkylsilyl group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -Si(G3)(G3)(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. A plurality of G3's in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same or different from each other. The number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group of the "trialkylsilyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0361] "Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl"

[0362] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), wherein G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3, and G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. Therefore, the "aralkyl group" is a group in which the hydrogen atom of the "alkyl group" is replaced by the "aryl group" as a substituent, and is one embodiment of the "substituted alkyl group". The "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group" substituted with an "unsubstituted aryl group", and the carbon number of the "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is 7 to 50, preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0363] Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group” include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylisopropyl, 2-phenylisopropyl, phenyl tert-butyl, α-naphthylmethyl, 1-α-naphthylethyl, 2-α-naphthylethyl, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 1-β-naphthylethyl, 2-β-naphthylethyl, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl and 2-β-naphthylisopropyl.

[0364] The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably phenyl, p-biphenyl, m-biphenyl, o-biphenyl, p-terphenyl-4-yl, p-terphenyl-3-yl, p-terphenyl-2-yl, m-terphenyl-4-yl, m-terphenyl-3-yl, q-terphenyl-2-yl, o-terphenyl-4-yl, o-terphenyl-3-yl, o-terphenyl-2-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, pyrenyl, fluorenyl, 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl and 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl, etc.

[0365] The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a triazine group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a phenanthrolinyl group, a carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group or 9-carbazolyl group), a benzocarbazolyl group, an azacarbazolyl group, a diazacarbazolyl group, a dibenzofuranyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group, an azadibenzofuranyl group, a diazadibenzofuranyl group, a dibenzothiophenyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group benzothiophenyl, azadibenzothiophenyl, diazadibenzothiophenyl, (9-phenyl)carbazyl ((9-phenyl)carbazol-1-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-2-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-3-yl or (9-phenyl)carbazol-4-yl), (9-biphenyl)carbazyl, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazyl, diphenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenyltriazine, biphenyltriazine, diphenyltriazine, phenyldibenzofuranyl and phenyldibenzothiophenyl, etc.

[0366] In the present specification, the carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0367]

Chemical formula 5

[0368]

[0369] In the present specification, the (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0370]

Chemical formula 6

[0371]

[0372] In the above general formulas (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents a bonding position.

[0373] In the present specification, the dibenzofuranyl group and the dibenzothienyl group are specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0374]

Chemical formula 7

[0375]

[0376] In the above general formulas (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents a bonding position.

[0377] The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described in the present specification is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, or the like, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0378] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylene group"

[0379] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" (specific example group G12) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1 by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring.

[0380] "Substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group"

[0381] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocyclic ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" (specific example group G13) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2 by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocyclic ring.

[0382] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene"

[0383] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" (specific example group G14) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3 by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain.

[0384] The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-67) unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0385]

Chemical formula 8

[0386]

[0387]

Chemical formula 9

[0388]

[0389] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q 1 ~Q 10 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0390] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents a bonding position.

[0391]

Chemical formula 10

[0392]

[0393] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q 1 ~Q 10 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0394] Formula Q 9 and Q 10 They may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.

[0395] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents a bonding position.

[0396]

Chemical formula 11

[0397]

[0398] In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q 1 ~Q 8 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0399] In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents a bonding position.

[0400] The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-102) unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0401]

Chemical formula 12

[0402]

[0403]

Chemical formula 13

[0404]

[0405] In the above general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q 1 ~Q 9 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0406]

Chemical formula 15

[0407]

[0408]

Chemical formula 16

[0409]

[0410]

Chemical formula 17

[0411]

[0412]

Chemical formula 18

[0413]

[0414] In the above general formulas (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q 1 ~Q 8 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0415] The above is the description of the “substituents described in the present specification”.

[0416] ・"When bonding to form a ring"

[0417] In the present specification, the expression "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other" means the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring", the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring", and the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are not bonded to each other".

[0418] Hereinafter, the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" (hereinafter, these cases are sometimes collectively referred to as "cases of bonding to form a ring") in this specification are described. The case of an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (TEMP-103) in which the mother skeleton is an anthracene ring is described as an example.

[0419]

Chemical formula 19

[0420]

[0421] For example, in R 921 ~R 930 In the case of "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a ring", the group of two adjacent groups as one group refers to R 921 With R 922 Group, R 922 With R 923 Group, R 923 With R 924 Group, R 924 With R 930 Group, R 930 With R 925 Group, R 925 With R 926 Group, R 926 With R 927 Group, R 927 With R 928 Group, R 928 With R 929 The group, and R 929 With R 921 group.

[0422] The above-mentioned "one or more groups" means that two or more groups of the above-mentioned two or more adjacent groups can simultaneously form a ring. 921 With R 922 Bonded to each other to form ring Q A And at the same time R 925 With R 926 When they are bonded to each other to form a ring QB, the anthracene compound represented by the above general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-104).

[0423]

Chemical formula 20

[0424]

[0425] The case where "a group of two or more adjacent groups" forms a ring includes not only the case where a group of "two" adjacent groups is bonded as in the above example, but also the case where a group of "three or more" adjacent groups is bonded. For example, R 921 With R 922 Bonded to each other to form ring Q A , and R 922 With R 923 Bonded to each other to form ring Q C , consisting of three adjacent (R 921 , R 922 and R 923) are bonded to each other to form a ring and fused to the anthracene mother skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-105). In the following general formula (TEMP-105), ring Q A and Ring Q C Total R 922 .

[0426]

Chemical formula 21

[0427]

[0428] In the "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" formed, the structure of the ring formed alone may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Even when "one of the two adjacent groups" forms a "monocyclic ring" or a "condensed ring", the "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" may form a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. For example, in the above general formula (TEMP-104), the ring Q A and Ring Q B Each is a "single ring" or a "condensed ring". In addition, the ring Q formed in the above general formula (TEMP-105) A And Ring Q C The ring Q of the above general formula (TEMP-105) is A With Ring Q C By RingQ A With Ring Q c The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) is fused to form a fused ring. A If it is a benzene ring, then ring Q A The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) A If it is a naphthalene ring, then ring Q A It is a condensed ring.

[0429] The "unsaturated ring" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The "saturated ring" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.

[0430] Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G1 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0431] Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include structures in which the aromatic heterocyclic groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G2 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0432] Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G6 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0433] "Forming a ring" means that a ring is formed only by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton, or by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more other optional elements. For example, R 921 With R 922 The ring Q formed by mutual bonding A Refers to R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the bonding occurs forms a ring with one or more optional elements. 921 With R 922 Ring Q A In the case of R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 When the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the carbon atom is bonded forms a monocyclic unsaturated ring with four carbon atoms, R 921 With R 922 The ring formed is a benzene ring.

[0434] Here, "optional element" is preferably at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as long as it is not otherwise described in this specification. In the optional element (for example, in the case of carbon or nitrogen), the bond that does not form a ring can be terminated by hydrogen atoms or the like, or can be replaced by "optional substituents" described later. When an optional element other than carbon is included, the formed ring is a heterocycle.

[0435] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the number of "one or more optional elements" constituting a monocyclic or condensed ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and even more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less.

[0436] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, "monocyclic ring" is preferred among "monocyclic ring" and "condensed ring".

[0437] In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, among "saturated ring" and "unsaturated ring", "unsaturated ring" is preferred.

[0438] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, a "monocyclic ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0439] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the "unsaturated ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0440] In the case of "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent atoms" "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted single ring" or "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring", unless otherwise stated in the present specification, it is preferred that one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent atoms bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted "unsaturated ring" formed by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more and fifteen or less elements selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.

[0441] When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described later. Specific examples of the substituent when the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned "substituents described in the present specification".

[0442] When the above-mentioned "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described later. When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned "substituents described in the present specification".

[0443] The above is an explanation of the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted single ring" and the case where "one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" ("the case where they are bonded to form a ring").

[0444] ·Substituents when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted"

[0445] In one embodiment of the present specification, the substituent group described as "substituted or unsubstituted" (in the present specification, sometimes referred to as "optional substituent group") is, for example, selected from

[0446] unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0447] unsubstituted alkenyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0448] unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0449] unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0450] -Si(R 90 1)(R 902 )(R 903 ),

[0451] -O-(R 904 ),

[0452] -S-(R905 ),

[0453] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ),

[0454] Halogen atoms, cyano, nitro,

[0455] unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0456] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms

[0457] The groups in the group etc.

[0458] Here, R 901 ~R 907 Each independently

[0459] Hydrogen atoms,

[0460] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0461] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0462] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0463] R 901 When there are two or more, two or more R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0464] R 902 When there are two or more, two or more R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0465] R 903 When there are two or more, two or more R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0466] R 904 When there are two or more, two or more R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0467] R 905 When there are two or more, two or more R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0468] R 906 When there are two or more, two or more R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0469] R 907 When there are two or more, two or more R907 Same as or different from each other.

[0470] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0471] an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0472] An aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0473] A heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms

[0474] The groups in the group.

[0475] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0476] an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,

[0477] An aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and

[0478] A heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms

[0479] The groups in the group.

[0480] Specific examples of each of the above optional substituents are the same as the specific examples of the substituents described in the above section "Substituents described in the present specification".

[0481] Unless otherwise stated in the present specification, adjacent optional substituents may form a "saturated ring" or an "unsaturated ring", preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated five-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated six-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated five-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated six-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

[0482] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, an optional substituent may further have a substituent. The substituent further possessed by the optional substituent is the same as the optional substituent described above.

[0483] In this specification, the numerical range expressed using "AA to BB" means a range including the numerical value AA described before "AA to BB" as the lower limit value and the numerical value BB described after "AA to BB" as the upper limit value.

[0484] [First embodiment]

[0485] (Organic electroluminescent element)

[0486] The organic electroluminescent element involved in this embodiment has an anode, a cathode, a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are arranged between the anode and the cathode, the first light-emitting layer contains a first main material, a first organic material and a first dopant material, the second light-emitting layer contains a second main material and a second dopant material, the first main material, the first organic material and the second main material are compounds with different structures, the first dopant material and the second dopant material are compounds with the same structure or compounds with different structures, and the first main material, the first organic material, the second main material, the first dopant material and the second dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 1), (Mathematical Formula 2), (Mathematical Formula 3), (Mathematical Formula 5) and (Mathematical Formula 6).

[0487] T 1 (H1)>T 1 (H3)…(Mathematical formula 1)

[0488] T 1 (H2)>T 1 (H3)…(Mathematical formula 2)

[0489] T 1 (D1)>T 1 (H1)…(Mathematical formula 3)

[0490] S 1 (H1)>S 1 (D1)…(Formula 5)

[0491] S 1 (H2)>S 1 (D1)…(Formula 6)

[0492] (In the above mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1), (Mathematical formula 2), (Mathematical formula 3), (Mathematical formula 5) and (Mathematical formula 6),

[0493] T 1 (H1) is the triplet energy of the first host material (unit: eV),

[0494] T 1 (H2) is the triplet energy of the first organic material (unit: eV),

[0495] T 1 (H3) is the triplet energy of the second host material (unit: eV),

[0496] T 1 (D1) is the triplet energy of the first dopant material (unit: eV),

[0497] S 1 (H1) is the singlet energy of the first host material (unit: eV),

[0498] S 1 (H2) is the singlet energy of the first organic material (unit: eV),

[0499] S 1 (D1) is the singlet energy of the first dopant material (unit: eV).

[0500] According to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescent element in which a decrease in chromaticity is suppressed and light emission efficiency is improved.

[0501] In the past, triplet-triplet annihilation (Tripret-Tripret-Annhilation) (sometimes referred to as TTA) has been known as a technology for improving the luminous efficiency of organic electroluminescent elements. TTA is a mechanism in which triplet excitons collide with triplet excitons to generate singlet excitons. It should be noted that the TTA mechanism is sometimes referred to as the TTF mechanism as described in Patent Document 6.

[0502] The TTF phenomenon is explained. Holes injected from the anode and electrons injected from the cathode recombine in the light-emitting layer to generate excitons. As is known in the past, the spin state is a ratio of 25% for singlet excitons and 75% for triplet excitons. In previously known fluorescent elements, 25% of singlet excitons emit light when they relax to the ground state, and the remaining 75% of triplet excitons do not emit light but return to the ground state through a thermal deactivation process. Therefore, it is said that the theoretical limit of the internal quantum efficiency of conventional fluorescent elements is 25%.

[0503] On the other hand, the behavior of triplet excitons generated in organic matter has been studied theoretically. According to SM Bachilo et al. (J. Phys. Cem. A, 104, 7711 (2000)), if it is assumed that high-order excitons such as quintet state immediately return to triplet state, then in the case of triplet excitons (hereinafter referred to as 3 A * ) gradually increases, triplet excitons collide with each other and the reaction shown in the following formula occurs. Here, 1 A represents the ground state, 1 A * represents the lowest excited singlet exciton.

[0504] 3 A * + 3 A * →(4 / 9) 1 A+(1 / 9) 1 A* +(13 / 9) 3 A *

[0505] That is, it becomes 5 3 A * →4 1 A+1A * , it is predicted that among the 75% of triplet excitons initially generated, 1 / 5, or 20%, will change into singlet excitons. Therefore, the singlet excitons that contribute in the form of light become 40%, which is obtained by adding 75%×(1 / 5)=15% to the 25% initially generated. At this time, the luminescence ratio (TTF ratio) derived from TTF in the total luminescence intensity becomes 15 / 40, or 37.5%. In addition, if the 75% of triplet excitons initially generated collide with each other to generate singlet excitons (one singlet exciton is generated from two triplet excitons), a very high internal quantum efficiency of 62.5% can be obtained by adding 75%×(1 / 2)=37.5% to the 25% of singlet excitons initially generated. At this time, the TTF ratio is 37.5 / 62.5=60%.

[0506] When the TTF mechanism as described above is used to improve the luminous efficiency of an organic EL element stacked with multiple light-emitting layers, the chromaticity sometimes decreases. The inventors of the present invention have found that by configuring the light-emitting layer on the anode side to contain multiple materials (e.g., a first host material and a first organic material) instead of containing one host material (the first host material), the luminous efficiency can be improved and the decrease in chromaticity can be suppressed. As an important reason for the decrease in chromaticity of the organic EL element, the stacking of the molecules of the host material can be considered. It is believed that the light-emitting layer of the organic EL element involved in this embodiment contains the first host material and the first organic material having different compound structures from each other, so the stacking of the molecules of the host material is suppressed, and the decrease in chromaticity of the organic EL element is suppressed.

[0507] According to the organic electroluminescent element involved in this embodiment, it is believed that for triplet excitons generated by the recombination of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer, even if there are excess carriers at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the directly connected organic layer, the triplet excitons present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the organic layer are not easily quenched. For example, in the case where the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the hole transport layer or the electron blocking layer, quenching caused by excess electrons can be considered. On the other hand, in the case where the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer or the hole blocking layer, quenching caused by excess holes can be considered.

[0508] The organic electroluminescent element according to this embodiment includes at least two light-emitting layers (i.e., a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer) that satisfy a predetermined relationship, and the triplet energy T of the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 1 (H1) and the triplet energy T of the first organic material 1 (H2) and the triplet energy T of the second host material in the second light-emitting layer 1 (H3) satisfies the relationship between the above-mentioned mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1) and (Mathematical formula 2).

[0509] By providing the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer so as to satisfy the relationship between the above-mentioned mathematical formulas (Math 1) and (Math 2), the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer are not quenched by excess carriers and move to the second light-emitting layer, and the reverse movement from the second light-emitting layer to the first light-emitting layer can be suppressed. As a result, in the second light-emitting layer, the TTF mechanism is exhibited to efficiently generate singlet excitons, and the luminous efficiency is improved.

[0510] In this way, the organic electroluminescent element has a first light-emitting layer that mainly generates triplet excitons and a second light-emitting layer that effectively utilizes triplet excitons moved from the first light-emitting layer and mainly exhibits the TTF mechanism as different regions. As the second main material in the second light-emitting layer, a compound with smaller triplet energy than the first main material and the first organic material in the first light-emitting layer is used, and the difference in triplet energy is set, thereby improving the luminous efficiency.

[0511] In this embodiment, the triplet energies of the first host material and the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3). By satisfying the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3), the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer move on the molecules of the first host material rather than on the first dopant material having a higher triplet energy, and thus are easily moved to the second light-emitting layer.

[0512] By satisfying the relationship between mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 5) and (Mathematical Formula 6) among the first main material, the first organic material and the first dopant material, the singlet excitons generated on the molecules of the first main material and the first organic material can easily transfer energy from the first main material and the first organic material to the first dopant material, thereby contributing to the fluorescent luminescence of the first dopant material.

[0513] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T 1 (H2) and the triplet energy T of the first dopant material 1 (D1) preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 4).

[0514] T 1 (D1)>T 1(H2)…(Formula 4)

[0515] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T 1 (H1) and the triplet energy T of the second host material 1 (H3) It is preferred that the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1A) is satisfied.

[0516] T 1 (H1)-T 1 (H3)>0.03eV…(Formula 1A)

[0517] In one aspect of the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S of the first host material is 1 (H1) and the singlet energy S of the first organic material 1 (H2) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 5A).

[0518] S 1 (H1)>S 1 (H2)…(Mathematical formula 5A)

[0519] In one aspect of the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S of the first host material is 1 (H1) and the singlet energy S of the first organic material 1 (H2) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 5B).

[0520] S 1 (H1)<S 1 (H2)…(Math 5B)

[0521] (Triplet energy T 1 )

[0522] As the triplet energy T 1 The following method can be mentioned as a measurement method.

[0523] The compound to be measured was dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to give a volume of 10 -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less, and the solution was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample. For the measurement sample, the phosphorescence spectrum was measured at a low temperature (77 [K]) (the vertical axis was set as phosphorescence luminescence intensity, and the horizontal axis was set as wavelength.), and the wavelength value λ based on the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was set as the tangent line on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum. edge [nm], the energy calculated according to the following conversion formula (F1) is the triplet energy T 1 .

[0524] Conversion formula (F1): T 1 [eV] = 1239.85 / λ edge

[0525] The tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectrum curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered toward the long wavelength side. The slope of the tangent line increases as the curve rises (that is, as the vertical axis increases). The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value takes the maximum value (that is, the tangent line at the inflection point) is used as the tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum.

[0526] It should be noted that the maximum point with a peak intensity of less than 15% of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the shortest wavelength side, and the tangent drawn at the point where the slope value is the maximum value that is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is used as the tangent of the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum.

[0527] Phosphorescence can be measured using a spectrofluorophotometer model F-4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. The measuring device is not limited thereto, and the measurement can be performed by combining a cooling device and a low-temperature container, an excitation light source, and a light receiving device.

[0528] (Singlet energy S 1 )

[0529] As the singlet energy S of the solution used 1 The following method can be mentioned as a measurement method (sometimes referred to as a solution method).

[0530] Prepare 10 of the compound to be measured -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less toluene solution is added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample is measured at room temperature (300K) (the vertical axis is set as absorption intensity, and the horizontal axis is set as wavelength). For the downward tangent on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, the wavelength value λedge [nm] of the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis is substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the singlet energy.

[0531] Conversion formula (F2): S 1 [eV] = 1239.85 / λedge

[0532] As an absorption spectrum measuring device, for example, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. (device name: U3310) can be cited, but the device is not limited thereto.

[0533] The tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving along the long wavelength direction on the spectrum curve from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the absorption spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered. As the curve falls (that is, as the value of the vertical axis decreases), the slope of the tangent line repeatedly decreases and then increases. The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value is the minimum on the longest wavelength side (excluding the case where the absorbance is less than 0.1) is used as the tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.

[0534] It should be noted that a maximum point where the absorbance value is 0.2 or less is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

[0535] The organic EL element according to this embodiment preferably corresponds to at least one of the case where the first host material satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Math. 7) and the case where the first organic material satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Math. 8).

[0536] ΔFWHM(H1)=HWF(H1)-HWS(H1)≤15…(Formula 7)

[0537] ΔFWHM(H2)=HWF(H2)-HWS(H2)≤15…(Formula 8)

[0538] (In the above equations (Equation 7) and (Equation 8),

[0539] HWF(H1) is the half-value width (unit: nm) of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the film of the first host material.

[0540] HWS(H1) is the half-value width (unit: nm) of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the solution of the first host material,

[0541] ΔFWHM(H1) is the difference between HWF(H1) and HWS(H1),

[0542] HWF(H2) is the half-value width (unit: nm) of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the film of the first organic material.

[0543] HWS(H2) is the half-value width (unit: nm) of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the solution of the first organic material.

[0544] ΔFWHM(H2) is the difference between HWF(H2) and HWS(H2). )

[0545] It is believed that the organic EL element involved in the present embodiment is equivalent to at least any one of the following situations: the first host material satisfies the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 7), the first organic material does not satisfy the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 8), the first host material does not satisfy the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 7), the first organic material satisfies the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 8), and the first host material satisfies the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 7) and the first organic material also satisfies the relationship of Mathematical Formula (Mathematical Formula 8), and a compound whose difference between the FWHM of the film and the FWHM of the solution is less than a specified value is used as the host material, thereby making it easy to suppress the stacking of molecules of the host material, and as a result, it is easy to suppress the decrease in chromaticity.

[0546] If the molecules of the host material are stacked on each other in a film such as a light-emitting layer, the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the photoluminescence spectrum of the film becomes wider than the FWHM of the photoluminescence spectrum of the solution. Therefore, it is considered that if a compound whose difference between the FWHM of the film and the FWHM of the solution exceeds a predetermined value is used as a host material, the molecules of the host material are easily stacked on each other in the light-emitting layer, and the chromaticity of the organic EL element is reduced.

[0547] Half peak width (HWS) of the solution

[0548] The method for measuring the half-peak width FWHM of a compound solution is as follows. (It should be noted that in this specification, "the half-peak width FWHM of a compound in a solution" may be referred to as HWS.)

[0549] The compound to be measured was 5.0×10 -6 mol / L concentration was dissolved in toluene to prepare a sample for measurement. The sample for measurement added to the quartz colorimetric cell was irradiated with excitation light at room temperature (300K) and the fluorescence spectrum was measured (vertical axis: fluorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength). The fluorescence spectrum was measured using, for example, a spectrofluorophotometer F-7000 from Hitachi High-Tech Sciences.

[0550] HWS (unit: nm) was calculated by measuring the wavelength width at which the intensity of the peak wavelength of the measured fluorescence spectrum reached half the intensity.

[0551] Half Width of the Film (HWF)

[0552] The method for measuring the half-peak width FWHM of the film of the compound is as follows. (It should be noted that in this specification, the "half-peak width FWHM of the film of the compound" may be referred to as HWF.)

[0553] A quartz substrate of 20 mm × 10 mm × 1 mm thickness is ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaning is performed for 30 minutes. The quartz substrate after UV ozone cleaning is mounted on a substrate rack of a vacuum evaporation device, and a film with a film thickness of 50 nm is formed using the compound to be measured. In this way, a sample for half-peak width measurement is prepared, and the fluorescence spectrum of the film of the sample for half-peak width measurement is measured. The fluorescence spectrum is measured using, for example, a spectrofluorophotometer F-7000 of Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation.

[0554] The HWF (unit: nm) is calculated by measuring the wavelength width at which the intensity of the peak wavelength of the measured fluorescence spectrum reaches half the intensity.

[0555] In one aspect of the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, the first host material and the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 9).

[0556] Ip(H1)≥Ip(H2)…(Formula 9)

[0557] In one aspect of the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, the first host material and the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 9A).

[0558] Ip(H1)<Ip(H2)…(Formula 9A)

[0559] (In the above equations (Equation 9) and (Equation 9A), Ip(H1) is the ionization potential of the first host material (unit: eV), and Ip(H2) is the ionization potential of the first organic material (unit: eV).)

[0560] In this specification, the ionization potential is measured in air using a photoelectron spectrometer. Specifically, the ionization potential can be measured by the method described in the Examples.

[0561] (Light emission wavelength of organic EL element)

[0562] The organic electroluminescent element according to this embodiment preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

[0563] The organic electroluminescent element according to the present embodiment more preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 430 nm to 480 nm inclusive when the element is driven.

[0564] The maximum peak wavelength of light emitted by the organic EL element when the element is driven is measured as follows. A voltage is applied to the organic EL element so that the current density becomes 10 mA / cm 2The spectral emission brightness spectrum at the time of 100 ℃ was measured using a spectral emission brightness meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta). In the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, the peak wavelength of the luminescence spectrum with the maximum luminescence intensity was measured and taken as the maximum peak wavelength (unit: nm).

[0565] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer may be arranged between the anode and the cathode, and the second light-emitting layer may be arranged between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0566] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer may be arranged between the anode and the cathode, and the first light-emitting layer may be arranged between the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0567] That is, the organic EL element involved in this embodiment may have a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer in order from the anode side, or may have a second light-emitting layer and a first light-emitting layer in order from the anode side. In either case, by selecting a combination of materials satisfying the relationship between the above-mentioned mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 1) and (Mathematical Formula 2), the effect brought about by the light-emitting layer being a stacked structure can be expected.

[0568] (First light-emitting layer)

[0569] The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material and a first organic material. The first host material, the first organic material, and the second host material included in the second light-emitting layer are compounds of different structures.

[0570] The first light-emitting layer further includes a first dopant material. The first dopant material and the second dopant material included in the second light-emitting layer are compounds with the same structure or compounds with different structures.

[0571] In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that does not include an azine ring structure in its molecule.

[0572] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and more preferably the first dopant material is not a complex.

[0573] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. In addition, in the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a boron-containing complex.

[0574] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[0575] In addition, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Here, examples of the heavy metal complex include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

[0576] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a luminescent compound, more preferably a fluorescent luminescent compound. In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that exhibits luminescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500nm or less, more preferably a compound that exhibits luminescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 470nm or less.

[0577] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 470 nm or less.

[0578] The method for determining the maximum peak wavelength of a compound is as follows. A 5 μmol / L toluene solution of the compound to be measured is prepared and added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the luminescence spectrum of the sample is measured at room temperature (300K) (the vertical axis is set to luminescence intensity and the horizontal axis is set to wavelength). The luminescence spectrum can be measured by a spectrofluorophotometer (device name: F-7000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Scientific Co., Ltd. It should be noted that the luminescence spectrum measuring device is not limited to the device used here.

[0579] In the emission spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum where the emission intensity reaches the maximum is referred to as the maximum peak wavelength. It should be noted that in this specification, the maximum peak wavelength may be referred to as the fluorescence emission maximum peak wavelength (FL-peak).

[0580] In the emission spectrum of the first dopant material, the peak with the highest emission intensity is defined as the maximum peak, and when the height of the maximum peak is defined as 1, the heights of other peaks appearing in the emission spectrum are preferably less than 0.6. It should be noted that the peaks in the emission spectrum are defined as the maximum values.

[0581] In addition, in the emission spectrum of the first dopant material, the number of peaks is preferably less than 3.

[0582] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably 470 nm or less, when the element is driven.

[0583] ·The maximum peak wavelength λp of light emitted from the light-emitting layer when the element is driven

[0584] The maximum peak wavelength λp of light emitted from the first light-emitting layer when the element is driven 1 The second light-emitting layer is made of the same material as the first light-emitting layer to produce an organic EL element, and a voltage is applied to the element so that the current density of the organic EL element reaches 10 mA / cm 2 The spectral emission brightness spectrum at the time of λp was measured using a spectral emission brightness meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.). Based on the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, the maximum peak wavelength λp was calculated. 1 (Unit: nm).

[0585] The maximum peak wavelength λp of light emitted from the second light-emitting layer when the element is driven 2 The organic EL element is made of the same material as the second luminescent layer for the first luminescent layer, and a voltage is applied to the element so that the current density of the organic EL element reaches 10 mA / cm 2 The spectral emission brightness spectrum at the time of λp was measured using a spectral emission brightness meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.). Based on the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, the maximum peak wavelength λp was calculated. 2 (Unit: nm).

[0586] In this specification, the “host material” refers to, for example, a material whose content is “50% by mass or more of the total mass of the layer”.

[0587] In this embodiment, the first host material, for example, has a content of 50% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer. In this embodiment, the first host material, for example, has a content of 60% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, 70% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, 80% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, 90% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, or 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer. In this embodiment, the upper limit of the total amount of the first host material, the first organic material, and the first dopant material is 100% by mass of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0588] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, in the first light-emitting layer, the total mass M of the first host material and the first organic material is T The mass M of the first main material 1 It is preferred that the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 11) is satisfied.

[0589] 50≤(M 1 / M T )×100<100...(Mathematical formula 11)

[0590] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is preferably greater than 0.5 mass% of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, more preferably greater than 1 mass% of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, preferably greater than 1.1 mass%, more preferably greater than 1.2 mass% of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, and further preferably greater than 1.5 mass% of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0591] The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0592] It should be noted that this embodiment does not exclude the inclusion of materials other than the first host material, the first organic material and the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer.

[0593] The first light-emitting layer may include only one first host material, or may include two or more first host materials. The first light-emitting layer may include only one first organic material, or may include two or more first organic materials. The first light-emitting layer may include only one first dopant material, or may include two or more first dopant materials.

[0594] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably has a thickness of 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more. A thickness of 3 nm or more of the first light-emitting layer is sufficient to cause recombination of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer.

[0595] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably has a thickness of 15 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. If the first light-emitting layer has a thickness of 15 nm or less, it is thin enough to allow triplet excitons to move to the second light-emitting layer.

[0596] In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, the thickness of the first light-emitting layer is more preferably not less than 3 nm and not more than 15 nm.

[0597] (Second light-emitting layer)

[0598] The second light-emitting layer includes a second host material. The second host material and the first host material and the first organic material included in the first light-emitting layer are compounds having different structures from each other.

[0599] The second light-emitting layer further includes a second dopant material. The second dopant material and the first dopant material included in the first light-emitting layer are compounds having the same structure or compounds having different structures.

[0600] In the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably a luminescent compound, more preferably a fluorescent compound. In the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably a compound that exhibits luminescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably a compound that exhibits luminescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 470 nm or less.

[0601] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 470 nm or less.

[0602] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably 470 nm or less, when the element is driven.

[0603] In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the half-value width of the maximum peak of the second dopant material is preferably from 1 nm to 30 nm, and more preferably from 1 nm to 20 nm.

[0604] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T 1 (D2) and the triplet energy T of the second host material 1 (H3) It is preferred to satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 12).

[0605] T 1 (D2)>T 1 (H3)…(Mathematical formula 12)

[0606] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the second dopant material and the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12), so that when the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer move to the second light-emitting layer, they do not move to the second dopant material with higher triplet energy, but to the molecules of the second host material. In addition, the triplet excitons generated by the recombination of holes and electrons on the molecules of the second host material do not move to the second dopant material with higher triplet energy. The triplet excitons generated by the recombination on the molecules of the second dopant material quickly move to the molecules of the second host material.

[0607] The triplet excitons passing through the second host material do not move to the second dopant material but the triplet excitons effectively collide with each other on the molecules of the second host material by the TTF phenomenon, thereby generating singlet excitons.

[0608] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S 1 (H3) and the singlet energy S of the second dopant material 1 (D2) preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 13).

[0609] S 1 (H3)>S 1 (D2)…(Mathematical formula 13)

[0610] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the second dopant material and the second main material satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 13), so that the singlet energy of the second dopant material is smaller than the singlet energy of the second main material. Therefore, the singlet excitons generated by the TTF phenomenon transfer energy from the second main material to the second dopant material, which contributes to the fluorescent luminescence of the second dopant material.

[0611] In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

[0612] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and the second dopant material is more preferably not a complex.

[0613] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. In addition, in the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a boron-containing complex.

[0614] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[0615] In addition, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Here, examples of the heavy metal complex include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

[0616] In the present embodiment, the content of the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is, for example, 50% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. In addition, in the present embodiment, the content of the second host material is, for example, 60% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, 70% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, 80% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, 90% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, or 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. In addition, for example, the content of the second host material is 99.5% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, or 99% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. In the present embodiment, the upper limit of the total amount of the second host material and the second dopant material is 100% by mass of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0617] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is preferably greater than 0.5 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably greater than 1 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably greater than 1.1 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably greater than 1.2 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and further preferably greater than 1.5 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0618] The second dopant material content in the second light-emitting layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0619] It should be noted that this embodiment does not exclude the inclusion of materials other than the second host material and the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer.

[0620] In the second light-emitting layer, the second host material may include only one kind or may include two or more kinds. In the second light-emitting layer, the second dopant material may include only one kind or may include two or more kinds.

[0621] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the thickness of the second light-emitting layer is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and further preferably 15 nm or more. If the thickness of the second light-emitting layer is 5 nm or more, it is easy to suppress the triplet excitons that move from the first light-emitting layer to the second light-emitting layer from returning to the first light-emitting layer again. In addition, if the thickness of the second light-emitting layer is 5 nm or more, the triplet excitons can be sufficiently away from the recombination part in the first light-emitting layer.

[0622] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the film thickness of the second light-emitting layer is preferably 25 nm or less, and more preferably 20 nm or less. If the film thickness of the second light-emitting layer is 25 nm or less (more preferably 20 nm or less), the density of triplet excitons in the second light-emitting layer can be increased, making it easier to cause the TTF phenomenon.

[0623] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the thickness of the second light-emitting layer is preferably not less than 5 nm and not more than 25 nm, and more preferably not less than 5 nm and not more than 20 nm.

[0624] (Other layers of organic EL element)

[0625] The organic EL element involved in this embodiment may also have one or more organic layers in addition to the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer. As the organic layer, for example, at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light-emitting layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer and an electron blocking layer can be cited.

[0626] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, it can be composed of only the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, or it can also have at least one layer selected from, for example, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer and an electron blocking layer.

[0627] (Hole Transport Layer)

[0628] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that a hole transport layer is included between the light-emitting layer disposed on the anode side of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer and the anode.

[0629] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, when the first light-emitting layer is arranged on the anode side relative to the second light-emitting layer, it is preferable to include a hole transport layer between the anode and the first light-emitting layer.

[0630] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, when the second light-emitting layer is arranged on the anode side relative to the first light-emitting layer, it is preferable to include a hole transport layer between the anode and the second light-emitting layer.

[0631] (Electron Transport Layer)

[0632] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that an electron transport layer is included between the light-emitting layer disposed on the cathode side of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0633] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, when the second light-emitting layer is arranged on the cathode side relative to the first light-emitting layer, it is preferable to include an electron transport layer between the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0634] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, when the first light-emitting layer is arranged on the cathode side relative to the second light-emitting layer, it is preferable to include an electron transport layer between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0635] Figure 1 A schematic configuration of an example of an organic EL element according to this embodiment is shown.

[0636] The organic EL element 1 includes a light-transmitting substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 is composed of a hole injection layer 6, a hole transport layer 7, a first light-emitting layer 51, a second light-emitting layer 52, an electron transport layer 8, and an electron injection layer 9 stacked in this order from the anode 3 side.

[0637] The present invention is not limited to Figure 1 As another example of an organic EL element, there can be mentioned a scheme in which the organic layer is stacked in this order from the anode side: a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a second light emitting layer, a first light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer.

[0638] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are preferably in direct contact with each other.

[0639] In this specification, the layer structure of "the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are directly in contact with each other" may include any of the following aspects (LS1), (LS2), and (LS3), for example.

[0640] (LS1) A scheme in which a region where the first host material and the second host material are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0641] (LS2) In the case where the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain light-emitting compounds, a region in which the first main material, the second main material and the light-emitting compound are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0642] (LS3) In the case where the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain light-emitting compounds, a region formed by the light-emitting compound, a region formed by the first main material, or a region formed by the second main material is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0643] The structure of the organic EL element will be further described. In the following, reference numerals may be omitted.

[0644] (Substrate)

[0645] The substrate is used as a support for the organic EL element. As the substrate, for example, glass, quartz, plastic, etc. can be used. In addition, a flexible substrate can be used. A flexible substrate refers to a (flexible) substrate that can be bent. For example, a plastic substrate can be mentioned. As the material forming the plastic substrate, for example, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyether sulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, polyethylene naphthalate, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, an inorganic vapor-deposited film can also be used.

[0646] (anode)

[0647] The anode formed on the substrate preferably uses a metal, alloy, conductive compound, and a mixture thereof with a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more). Specifically, for example, indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO: IndiumTinOxide, indium tin oxide), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide, graphene, etc. In addition, gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), titanium (Ti) or nitrides of metal materials (such as titanium nitride) can be cited.

[0648] These materials are usually formed into films by sputtering. For example, indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target to which zinc oxide of 1 mass % or more and 10 mass % or less is added relative to indium oxide. In addition, for example, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target containing 0.5 mass % or more and 5 mass % or less of tungsten oxide and 0.1 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less of zinc oxide relative to indium oxide. In addition, it can also be produced by vacuum evaporation, coating, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[0649] Among the EL layers formed on the anode, the hole injection layer formed in contact with the anode is formed using a composite material that can easily inject holes regardless of the work function of the anode. Therefore, materials that can be used as electrode materials (such as metals, alloys, conductive compounds and mixtures thereof, and also including elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table) can be used.

[0650] It is also possible to use elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table as materials with a small work function, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys containing them (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), and alloys containing them. It should be noted that when using alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and alloys containing them to form an anode, a vacuum evaporation method or a sputtering method can be used. In addition, when using silver paste, a coating method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used.

[0651] (cathode)

[0652] The cathode preferably uses a metal, alloy, conductive compound, and mixtures thereof with a small work function (specifically, less than 3.8 eV). Specific examples of such cathode materials include elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys thereof (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), and rare earth metals such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb), and alloys thereof.

[0653] It should be noted that when an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy containing them is used to form the cathode, a vacuum deposition method or a sputtering method may be used. In addition, when a silver paste or the like is used, a coating method or an inkjet method may be used.

[0654] It should be noted that, by providing an electron injection layer, a cathode can be formed using various conductive materials such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, regardless of the size of the work function. These conductive materials can be formed into films using sputtering, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[0655] (Hole Injection Layer)

[0656] The hole injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole injection properties. As substances with high hole injection properties, molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, etc. can be used.

[0657] In addition, as substances with high hole injection properties, low molecular weight organic compounds such as 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DPAB), 4,4'-bis(N-{4-[N'-(3-methylphenyl)-N'-phenylamino]phenyl}-N-phenylamino)biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), 1,3,5-tris[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]phenyl]biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), Aromatic amine compounds such as 3-[(1-phenyl)-N-phenylamino]benzene (abbreviation: DPA3B), 3-[N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA1), 3,6-bis[N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA2), 3-[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCN1), and dipyrazino[2,3-f:20,30-h]quinoxaline-2,3,6,7,10,11-hexacarbonitrile (HAT-CN).

[0658] In addition, as a substance with high hole injection properties, a polymer compound (oligomer, dendrimer, polymer, etc.) can also be used. For example, poly (N-vinyl carbazole) (abbreviated as: PVK), poly (4-vinyl triphenylamine) (abbreviated as: PVTPA), poly [N- (4-{N'-[4-(4-diphenylamino) phenyl] phenyl-N'-phenylamino} phenyl) methacrylamide] (abbreviated as: PTPDMA), poly [N, N'-bis (4-butylphenyl) -N, N'-bis (phenyl) benzidine] (abbreviated as: Poly-TPD) and other polymer compounds can be mentioned. In addition, polymer compounds with acid added, such as poly (3, 4-ethylenedioxythiophene) / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PEDOT / PSS), polyaniline / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PAni / PSS) can also be used.

[0659] (Hole Transport Layer)

[0660] The hole transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole transport properties. The hole transport layer can use aromatic amine compounds, carbazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, etc. Specifically, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as: NPB), N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (abbreviated as: TPD), 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluorene-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviated as: BAFLP), 4,4'-bis[N-(9,9-dimethylfluorene-2-yl)-N -phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as DFLDPBi), 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviated as TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviated as MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(spiro-9,9'-bifluorene-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as BSPB) and the like. The substances described here are mainly aromatic amine compounds having 10 -6 cm 2 / (V·s) or more.

[0661] In the hole transport layer, carbazole derivatives such as CBP, 9-[4-(N-carbazolyl)]phenyl-10-phenylanthracene (CzPA), 9-phenyl-3-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthracenyl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (PCzPA), anthracene derivatives such as t-BuDNA, DNA, and DPAnth can also be used. Polymer compounds such as poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviated as: PVK) and poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviated as: PVTPA) can also be used.

[0662] It should be noted that any substance other than these may be used as long as it has a higher hole transport property than electrons. It should be noted that the layer containing a substance with a high hole transport property may be not only a single layer but also a stack of two or more layers formed of the above substances.

[0663] (Electron Transport Layer)

[0664] The electron transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron transport properties. The electron transport layer can use 1) metal complexes such as aluminum complexes, beryllium complexes, zinc complexes, 2) heteroaromatic compounds such as imidazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, azine derivatives, carbazole derivatives, and phenanthroline derivatives, 3) polymer compounds. Specifically, as low molecular weight organic compounds, Alq, tris (4-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum (abbreviated as: Almq 3 ), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinolinolato)beryllium (abbreviated as: BeBq 2), BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO, ZnBTZ and other metal complexes, etc. In addition to the metal complex, heteroaromatic compounds such as 2-(4-biphenyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviated as PBD), 1,3-bis[5-(p-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]benzene (abbreviated as OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviated as TAZ), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviated as p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviated as BPhen), bathocuproin (abbreviated as BCP), and 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl)stilbene (abbreviated as BzOs) may also be used. In this embodiment, benzimidazole compounds may be suitably used. The substances described herein are mainly compounds having 10 -6 cm 2 / (V·s) or more. It should be noted that as long as the electron transport property is higher than the hole transport property, substances other than the above can also be used as the electron transport layer. In addition, the electron transport layer can also be composed of a single layer, or it can be composed of two or more layers formed by the above substances.

[0665] In addition, polymer compounds may be used in the electron transport layer, for example, poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-Py), poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-BPy), etc. may be used.

[0666] (Electron Injection Layer)

[0667] The electron injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron injection properties. Lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF 2 ), alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or their compounds such as lithium oxide (LiOx), etc. In addition, materials made by containing alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or their compounds in substances with electron transport properties can also be used. Specifically, materials made by containing magnesium (Mg) in Alq can be used. It should be noted that electron injection from the cathode can be performed more efficiently at this time.

[0668] Alternatively, a composite material mixed with an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) can also be used in the electron injection layer. Such a composite material has excellent electron injection and electron transport properties because electrons are generated in the organic compound by the electron donor. At this time, as an organic compound, it is preferably a material with excellent transmission of the generated electrons. Specifically, for example, the above-mentioned substances (metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds, etc.) constituting the electron transport layer can be used. As an electron donor, it is as long as it is a substance that shows electron donating properties for organic compounds. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferred, and lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, ytterbium, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, alkali metal oxides and alkaline earth metal oxides are preferred, and lithium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, a Lewis base such as magnesium oxide can also be used. In addition, organic compounds such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviated as: TTF) can also be used.

[0669] (Layer Formation Method)

[0670] The method for forming each layer of the organic EL element of this embodiment is not limited except for those specifically mentioned above, and known methods such as dry film forming methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, plasma, and ion plating, and wet film forming methods such as spin coating, dip coating, flow coating, and inkjet can be used.

[0671] (film thickness)

[0672] The thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element of this embodiment is not limited except for the cases specifically mentioned above. Generally speaking, if the film thickness is too thin, defects such as pinholes are easily generated, and if the film thickness is too thick, a high applied voltage is required and the efficiency is deteriorated. Therefore, the film thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element is preferably in the range of several nm to 1 μm.

[0673] (First main material)

[0674] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is preferably a compound having no anthracene ring.

[0675] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less.

[0676] It is considered that when the first host material has a highly planar skeleton (such as skeletons of pyrene and fluoranthene), chromaticity is likely to decrease. Therefore, when using a first host material having such a skeleton, it is more preferably combined with a first organic material to constitute a light-emitting layer.

[0677] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is preferably a first compound represented by the following general formula (1), general formula (11X), general formula (12X), general formula (13X) or general formula (14X).

[0678] (Compound represented by general formula (1))

[0679] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is also preferably a compound represented by the general formula (1).

[0680]

Chemical formula 22

[0681]

[0682] (In the above general formula (1),

[0683] R 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0684] Hydrogen atoms,

[0685] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0686] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0687] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0688] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0689] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0690] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0691] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0692] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0693] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0694] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0695] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0696] Halogen atoms,

[0697] Cyano,

[0698] Nitro,

[0699] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0700] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[0701] The group represented by the above general formula (11) is

[0702] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (11),

[0703] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0704] L 101 for

[0705] single bond,

[0706] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0707] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0708] Ar 101 for

[0709] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0710] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0711] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0712] In L 101 If there are two or more L 101 Same or different from each other,

[0713] In Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 are the same or different from each other, and the * in the above general formula (11) represents the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the above general formula (1).

[0714] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (11) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (111).

[0715]

Chemical formula 23

[0716]

[0717] (In the above general formula (111),

[0718] X 1 CR 123 R 124 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or NR 125 ,

[0719] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[0720] single bond,

[0721] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0722] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0723] ma is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0724] mb is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0725] ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0726] Ar 101 and Ar in the above general formula (11) 101 The same meaning,

[0727] R 121 , R 122 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 Each independently

[0728] Hydrogen atoms,

[0729] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0730] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0731] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0732] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0733] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0734] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0735] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0736] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0737] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0738] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0739] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0740] Halogen atoms,

[0741] Cyano,

[0742] Nitro,

[0743] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0744] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0745] mc is 3,

[0746] The 3 Rs 121 Same or different from each other,

[0747] md is 3,

[0748] The 3 Rs 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0749] Among the carbon atoms *1 to *8 in the ring structure represented by the following general formula (111a) in the group represented by the above general formula (111), L 111 Bonded at any position from *1 to *4, R 121 Bonded to the other three positions from *1 to *4, L 112 Bonded to any position from *5 to *8, R 122 Bonded to the remaining three positions from *5 to *8.

[0750]

Chemical formula 24

[0751]

[0752] For example, in the group represented by the above general formula (111), in L 111 The position of the carbon atom bonded to *2 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111a) above, L 112 When the group is bonded to the carbon atom position of *7 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111a), the group represented by the general formula (111) is represented by the following general formula (111b).

[0753]

Chemical formula 25

[0754]

[0755] (In the above general formula (111b),

[0756] X 1 , L 111 , L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 , R 121 , R 122 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 Each independently represents X in the above general formula (111) 1 , L 111 , L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 , R 121 , R 122 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 The same meaning,

[0757] Multiple R 121 Same or different from each other,

[0758] Multiple R 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0759] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (111) is preferably a group represented by the general formula (111b).

[0760] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[0761] ma is 0, 1, or 2,

[0762] mb is 0, 1, or 2.

[0763] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[0764] ma is 0 or 1,

[0765] mb is 0 or 1.

[0766] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 101 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0767] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0768] Ar 101 Preferably

[0769] Substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[0770] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[0771] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[0772] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[0773] Substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[0774] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[0775] A substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[0776] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 101 Also preferred are groups represented by the following general formula (12), general formula (13) or general formula (14).

[0777]

Chemical formula 26

[0778]

[0779] (In the above general formula (12), general formula (13) and general formula (14),

[0780] R 111 ~R 120 Each independently

[0781] Hydrogen atoms,

[0782] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0783] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0784] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0785] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0786] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0787] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0788] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0789] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0790] -N(R 906 )(R907 ) shown in the group,

[0791] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0792] -C(=O)R 124 The groups shown,

[0793] -COOR 125 The groups shown,

[0794] Halogen atoms,

[0795] Cyano,

[0796] Nitro,

[0797] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0798] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0799] In the above general formulae (12), (13) and (14), * represents the same as L in the above general formula (11). 101 The bonding position of, or with L in the above general formula (111) or general formula (111b) 112 The bonding position of .

[0800] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (101).

[0801]

Chemical formula 27

[0802]

[0803] (In the above general formula (101),

[0804] R 101 ~R 120 Each independently

[0805] Hydrogen atoms,

[0806] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0807] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0808] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0809] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0810] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0811] -Si(R901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0812] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0813] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0814] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0815] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0816] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0817] Halogen atoms,

[0818] Cyano,

[0819] Nitro,

[0820] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0821] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0822] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 1 of them means L 101 The bonding position of R111~R 120 1 of them means L 101 The bonding position of

[0823] L 101 for

[0824] single bond,

[0825] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0826] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0827] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0828] In L 101 If there are two or more L 101 Same as or different from each other.)

[0829] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, L 101 It is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0830] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (102).

[0831]

Chemical formula 28

[0832]

[0833] (In the above general formula (102),

[0834] R 101 ~R 120 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 101 ~R 120 The same meaning,

[0835] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 One of them indicates that 111 The bonding position, R 111 ~R 120 One of them indicates that 112 The bonding position of

[0836] X 1 CR 123 R 124 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom or NR 125 ,

[0837] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[0838] single bond,

[0839] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0840] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0841] ma is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0842] mb is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0843] ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0844] R 121 , R 122 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 Each independently

[0845] Hydrogen atoms,

[0846] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0847] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0848] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0849] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0850] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0851] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0852] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0853] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0854] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0855] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0856] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0857] Halogen atoms,

[0858] Cyano,

[0859] Nitro,

[0860] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0861] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0862] mc is 3,

[0863] The 3 Rs 121 Same or different from each other,

[0864] md is 3,

[0865] The 3 Rs 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0866] In the compound represented by the above general formula (102), preferably, ma is 0, 1 or 2, and mb is 0, 1 or 2.

[0867] In the compound represented by the above general formula (102), preferably, ma is 0 or 1, and mb is 0 or 1.

[0868] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R 101 ~R 110 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (11).

[0869] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R 101 ~R 110 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (11), and Ar 101 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0870] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[0871] Ar 101 is not substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[0872] L 101 is not substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[0873] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrene group.

[0874] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[0875] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0876] Hydrogen atoms,

[0877] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0878] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0879] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0880] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0881] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[0882] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0883] Hydrogen atoms,

[0884] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[0885] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0886] In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1) does not have, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms.

[0887] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R other than the group represented by the general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[0888] (Compound represented by general formula (11X))

[0889] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is also preferably a compound having at least one group represented by the following general formula (111X) and represented by the following general formula (11X).

[0890]

Chemical formula 29

[0891]

[0892] (In the above general formula (11X),

[0893] R 1101 ~R 1112 Each independently

[0894] Hydrogen atoms,

[0895] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0896] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0897] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0898] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0899] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0900] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0901] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0902] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0903] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0904] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0905] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0906] Halogen atoms,

[0907] Cyano,

[0908] Nitro,

[0909] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0910] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[0911] The group represented by the above general formula (111X) is

[0912] Among them, R 1101 ~R 1112 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (111X),

[0913] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (111X), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (111X) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0914] L 1101 for

[0915] single bond,

[0916] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0917] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0918] Ar 1101 for

[0919] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0920] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0921] mx1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0922] In L 1101 If there are two or more L 1101 Same or different from each other,

[0923] In Ar 1101 When there are two or more Ar 1101Same or different from each other,

[0924] The * in the above general formula (111X) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the above general formula (11X).

[0925] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), Ar 1101 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0926] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), Ar 1101 Preferably

[0927] Substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[0928] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[0929] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[0930] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[0931] Substituted or unsubstituted benzo[a]anthracenyl,

[0932] Substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[0933] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[0934] A substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[0935] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), L 1101 It is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0936] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (11X), R 1101 ~R 1112 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (111X).

[0937] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), preferably, R 1101 ~R 1112 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (111X), and Ar in the general formula (111X) 1101 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0938] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (11X), R 1111 With R 1112 It is a group represented by the above general formula (111X).

[0939] The compound represented by the above general formula (11X) is preferably also represented by the following general formula (1101X).

[0940]

Chemical formula 30

[0941]

[0942] (In the above general formula (1101X), R 1101 ~R 1110 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (11X) 1101 ~R 1110 Same meaning, Ar 1141 and Ar 1142 Each independently and Ar in the above general formula (111X) 1101 Same meaning, L 1141 and L 1142 Each independently of L in the above general formula (111X) 1101 Same meaning.)

[0943] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (11X), preferred

[0944] Ar 1101 is not substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthracenyl,

[0945] L 1101 is not substituted or unsubstituted benzo[a]anthracenylene,

[0946] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11X) 1101 ~R 1110 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group.

[0947] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the above general formula (111X) 1101 ~R 1112 Each independently

[0948] Hydrogen atoms,

[0949] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0950] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0951] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0952] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0953] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the above general formula (111X) 1101 ~R1112 for

[0954] Hydrogen atoms,

[0955] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[0956] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0957] In the compound represented by the above general formula (11X), R other than the group represented by the above general formula (111X) 1101 ~R 1112 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[0958] (Compound represented by general formula (12X))

[0959] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is also preferably a compound having at least one group represented by the following general formula (121X) and represented by the following general formula (12X).

[0960]

Chemical formula 31

[0961]

[0962] (In the above general formula (12X),

[0963] R 1201 ~R 1210 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0964] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[0965] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[0966] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently

[0967] Hydrogen atoms,

[0968] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0969] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0970] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0971] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0972] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0973] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0974] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0975] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0976] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0977] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0978] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0979] Halogen atoms,

[0980] Cyano,

[0981] Nitro,

[0982] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0983] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[0984] The group represented by the above general formula (121X) is

[0985] The substituents when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituents when the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 1201 ~R 1210 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (121X),

[0986] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (1-21X), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (1-21X) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0987] L 1201 for

[0988] single bond,

[0989] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0990] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0991] Ar 1201 for

[0992] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0993] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0994] mx2 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0995] In L 1201 If there are two or more L 1201 Same or different from each other,

[0996] In Ar 1201 When there are two or more Ar 1201 Same or different from each other,

[0997] The * in the above general formula (121X) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (12X).

[0998] In the above general formula (12X), R 1201 ~R 1210 The group consisting of two adjacent ones is R 1201 With R 1202 Group, R 1202 With R 1203 Group, R 1203 With R 1204 Group, R 1204 With R 1205 Group, R 1205 With R 1206 Group, R 1207 With R 1208 Group, R 1208 With R 1209 The group, and R 1209 With R 1210 group.

[0999] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, R 1201 ~R 1210 The number of substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic rings and substituted or unsubstituted condensed rings formed by bonding one or more groups of two or more adjacent rings is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, further preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.

[1000] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, R 1201 ~R 1210 One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones are preferably bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted five-membered ring or a substituted or unsubstituted six-membered ring, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted six-membered ring.

[1001] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound represented by the general formula (12X) is preferably a compound having at least one group represented by the general formula (121X) and represented by any of the following general formulae (121) to (124).

[1002]

Chemical formula 32

[1003]

[1004]

Chemical formula 33

[1005]

[1006] (In the above general formulas (121) to (124),

[1007] R 1201 ~R 1214 Each independently

[1008] Hydrogen atoms,

[1009] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1010] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1011] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1012] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1013] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1014] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1015] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1016] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1017] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1018] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1019] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1020] Halogen atoms,

[1021] Cyano,

[1022] Nitro,

[1023] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1024] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1025] The group represented by the above general formula (121X) is

[1026] Among them, R 1201 ~R 1214 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (121X),

[1027] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121X), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121X) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1028] In the above general formulas (121) to (124), R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 801 and R 802 Each independently has the same meaning as in the above general formula (12X).

[1029] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1201 A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is also preferred.

[1030] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1201 Also preferably

[1031] Substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[1032] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[1033] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[1034] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[1035] Substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[1036] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[1037] A substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[1038] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, mx2 is preferably 1 or 2.

[1039] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, L 1201 It is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1040] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that mx2 is 1 or 2 and L 1201 It is a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1041] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (121X) 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently

[1042] Hydrogen atoms,

[1043] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1044] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1045] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1046] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1047] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (121X) 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently

[1048] Hydrogen atoms,

[1049] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1050] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1051] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1052] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (121X) 1201 ~R 1210 It is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1053] (Compound represented by general formula (13X))

[1054] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is also preferably a compound having at least one group represented by the following general formula (131X) and represented by the following general formula (13X).

[1055]

Chemical formula 34

[1056]

[1057] (In the above general formula (13X),

[1058] R 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently

[1059] Hydrogen atoms,

[1060] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1061] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1062] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1063] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1064] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1065] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1066] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1067] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1068] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1069] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1070] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1071] Halogen atoms,

[1072] Cyano,

[1073] Nitro,

[1074] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1075] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1076] The group represented by the above general formula (131X) is

[1077] Among them, R1301 ~R 1310 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (131X),

[1078] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131X), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131X) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1079] L 1301 for

[1080] single bond,

[1081] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1082] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1083] Ar 1301 for

[1084] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1085] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1086] mx3 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1087] In L 1301 If there are two or more L 1301 Same or different from each other,

[1088] In Ar 1301 When there are two or more Ar 1301 are the same as or different from each other, and the * in the above general formula (131X) represents the bonding position to the fluoranthene ring in the above general formula (13X).

[1089] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R other than the group represented by the general formula (131X) 1301 ~R 1310 In the above general formula (13X), a group consisting of two or more adjacent groups is not bonded to each other. 1301 With R 1302 Group, R 1302 With R 1303 Group, R 1303 With R 1304 Group, R 1304 With R 1305 Group, R 1305 With R 1306 Group, R 1307 With R 1308 Group, R1308 With R 1309 The group, and R 1309 With R 1310 group.

[1090] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1301 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1091] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1301 Preferably

[1092] Substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[1093] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[1094] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[1095] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[1096] Substituted or unsubstituted pyrene,

[1097] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[1098] A substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[1099] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1301 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is preferably not a substituted or unsubstituted anthracenyl group.

[1100] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, L 1301 It is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1101] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (131X) 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently

[1102] Hydrogen atoms,

[1103] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1104] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1105] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1106] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1107] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (131X) 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently

[1108] Hydrogen atoms,

[1109] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[1110] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1111] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R other than the group represented by the general formula (131X) 1301 ~R 1310 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[1112] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, mx3 is preferably 1 or 2.

[1113] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that mx3 is 1 or 2 and L 1301 It is a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1114] (Compound represented by general formula (14X))

[1115] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material is also preferably a compound having at least one group represented by the following general formula (141X) and represented by the following general formula (14X).

[1116]

Chemical formula 35

[1117]

[1118] (In the above general formula (14X),

[1119] R 1401 ~R 1410 Each independently

[1120] Hydrogen atoms,

[1121] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1122] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1123] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1124] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1125] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1126] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1127] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1128] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1129] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1130] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1131] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1132] Halogen atoms,

[1133] Cyano,

[1134] Nitro,

[1135] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1136] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1137] The group represented by the above general formula (141X) is

[1138] Among them, R 1401 ~R 1410 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (141X),

[1139] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141X), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141X) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1140] L 1401 for

[1141] single bond,

[1142] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1143] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1144] Ar 1401 for

[1145] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1146] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1147] mx4 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1148] In L 1401 If there are two or more L 1401 Same or different from each other,

[1149] In Ar 1401 When there are two or more Ar 1401 Same or different from each other,

[1150] The * in the above general formula (141X) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (14X).

[1151] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 1401 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1152] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R 1401 ~R 1410 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (141X).

[1153] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R 1401 ~R 1410 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (141X), and Ar in the general formula (141X) 1401 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1154] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, mx4 is preferably 1 or 2.

[1155] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, L 1401 It is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1156] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that mx4 is 1 or 2 and L 1401 It is a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1157] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that R other than the group represented by the general formula (141X) 1401 ~R 1410 Each independently

[1158] Hydrogen atoms,

[1159] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1160] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1161] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1162] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1163] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R other than the group represented by the general formula (141X) 1401 ~R 1410 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[1164] In the first host material of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 801 and R 802 Each independently

[1165] Hydrogen atoms,

[1166] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1167] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1168] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1169] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1170] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1171] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1172] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1173] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1174] In R 905If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1175] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1176] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[1177] In R 801 If there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[1178] In R 802 If there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

[1179] In the first host material according to the present embodiment, any group described as "substituted or unsubstituted" is preferably an "unsubstituted" group.

[1180] (Method for producing first host material)

[1181] The first host material can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the first host material can be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1182] (Specific example of the first host material)

[1183] Specific examples of the first host material include the following compounds: However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the first host material.

[1184]

Chemical formula 36

[1185]

[1186] (First organic material)

[1187] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first organic material is preferably a compound having no anthracene ring.

[1188] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first organic material is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less.

[1189] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the first organic material is preferably a second compound represented by the following general formula (21), general formula (22), general formula (23), general formula (24), general formula (25), general formula (26), general formula (27), or general formula (28).

[1190] (Compound represented by general formula (21))

[1191] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (21).

[1192]

Chemical formula 37

[1193]

[1194] (In the above general formula (21),

[1195] L A1 , L B1 and L C1 Each independently

[1196] single bond,

[1197] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or

[1198] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms,

[1199] A 1 , B 1 and C 1 Each independently

[1200] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[1201] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or

[1202] -Si(R 921 )(R 922 )(R 923 ),

[1203] R 921 , R 922 and R 923 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[1204] In R 921 If there are multiple R 921 Same or different from each other,

[1205] In R 922 If there are multiple R 922 Same or different from each other,

[1206] In R 923 If there are multiple R 923 Same as or different from each other.)

[1207] The compound represented by the above general formula (21) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (212).

[1208]

Chemical formula 38

[1209]

[1210] (In the above general formula (212),

[1211] L C1 , A 1 , B 1 and C 1 Each is the same as defined in the above general formula (21),

[1212] n1 and n2 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1213] When there are multiple Rs, the multiple Rs may be the same or different from each other.

[1214] When there are multiple Rs, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rs are

[1215] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1216] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1217] Not bonded to each other,

[1218] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring is

[1219] Cyano,

[1220] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1221] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1222] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ),

[1223] -O-(R 904 ),

[1224] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1225] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1226] In the compound represented by the above general formula (21), A 1 , B 1and C 1 At least one of them is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e).

[1227]

Chemical formula 39

[1228]

[1229] (In the above general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e),

[1230] X 21 NR 21 , CR 22 R 23 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[1231] In X 21 If there are multiple X 21 Same or different from each other,

[1232] In X 21 CR 22 R 23 In the case of R 22 With R 23 The group

[1233] Bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring

[1234] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1235] Not bonded to each other,

[1236] R 21 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 22 and R 23 Each independently

[1237] Hydrogen atoms,

[1238] Cyano,

[1239] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1240] a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1241] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1242] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903) shown in the group,

[1243] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1244] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1245] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1246] R2 11 ~R2 18 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1247] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1248] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[1249] or not bonded to each other,

[1250] R2 which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 11 ~R2 18 Each independently

[1251] Hydrogen atoms,

[1252] Cyano,

[1253] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1254] a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1255] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1256] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1257] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1258] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1259] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1260] In the above general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e), * is independently 1 LR 1 or L C1 The bonding position of .

[1261] Preferably, A is not a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e). 1 , B 1 and C 1 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[1262] When the first light-emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (21) as the first organic material, the hole transport property of the first light-emitting layer can be expected to be improved. The compound represented by the general formula (21) has a less planar skeleton than the pyrene compound, and thus is more likely to suppress chromaticity reduction.

[1263] (Compound represented by general formula (22))

[1264] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (22).

[1265]

Chemical formula 40

[1266]

[1267] (In the above general formula (22),

[1268] A 21 and A 22 Each independently

[1269] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1270] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[1271] Y 5 ~Y 8 One of them is the carbon atom bonded to *1,

[1272] Y 9 ~Y 12 One of them is the carbon atom bonded to *2,

[1273] Y 1 ~Y 4 , Y 13 ~Y 16 、Y that is not a carbon atom bonded to *1 5 ~Y 8 and Y of carbon atoms not bonded to *2 9 ~Y 12 Each independently is CR 20 ,

[1274] In R 20 If there are multiple R 20 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones, one or more of them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,

[1275] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 20 Each independently

[1276] Hydrogen atoms,

[1277] Cyano,

[1278] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1279] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1280] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1281] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1282] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1283] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1284] Halogen atoms,

[1285] Nitro,

[1286] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1287] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1288] L 21 and L 22 Each independently

[1289] single bond,

[1290] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1291] A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms.

[1292] For example, in Y 6 is the carbon atom bonded to *1, Y 11When it is a carbon atom bonded to *2, the above general formula (22) is represented by the following general formula (221).

[1293] The compound represented by the above general formula (22) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (221).

[1294]

Chemical formula 41

[1295]

[1296] (In the above general formula (221),

[1297] Y 1 ~Y 5 , Y 7 ~Y 10 and Y 12 ~Y 16 CR 20 ,

[1298] A 21 , A 22 , L 21 , L 22 and R 20 Each of them is the same as A in the above general formula (22) 21 , A 22 , L 21 , L 22 and R 20 Same meaning, multiple R 20 Same as or different from each other.)

[1299] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (22), preferably, A 21 and A 22 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[1300] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (22), preferably, A 21 and A 22 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, 21 and A 22 The other is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, naphthylphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene, or 9,9-biphenylfluorenyl.

[1301] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (22), preferably, A 21 and A 22 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, 21 and A 22The other is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted p-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted m-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted o-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted 3-naphthylphenyl, triphenylene, or 9,9-biphenylfluorenyl.

[1302] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (22), preferably, L 21 and L 22 Each is independently a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[1303] When the first light-emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (22) as the first organic material, it is expected that the hole transport property of the first light-emitting layer will be improved. In addition, the electron tolerance of the compound represented by the general formula (22) is better than that of the amine compound. The compound represented by the general formula (22) has a skeleton with less planarity than the pyrene compound, so it is easy to suppress the decrease in chromaticity.

[1304] (Compound represented by general formula (23))

[1305] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (23).

[1306]

Chemical formula 42

[1307]

[1308] (In the above general formula (23),

[1309] R 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently

[1310] Hydrogen atoms,

[1311] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1312] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1313] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1314] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1315] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1316] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1317] -O-(R 904) shown in the group,

[1318] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1319] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1320] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1321] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1322] Halogen atoms,

[1323] Cyano,

[1324] Nitro,

[1325] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1326] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1327] The group represented by the above general formula (231) is

[1328] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (231), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (231) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1329] L 231 for

[1330] single bond,

[1331] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1332] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1333] Ar 231 for

[1334] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1335] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1336] m23 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[1337] In L 231 If there are two or more L 231 Same or different from each other,

[1338] In Ar 231 When there are two or more Ar 231Same or different from each other,

[1339] When the compound represented by the general formula (231) contains a plurality of pyrene rings in the molecule, at least one of the plurality of pyrene rings has a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1340] The * in the above general formula (231) represents the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the above general formula (23).

[1341] The compound represented by the general formula (23) is also preferably a compound having multiple pyrene rings in the molecule. When the compound represented by the general formula (23) has multiple pyrene rings in the molecule, the multiple pyrene rings preferably each independently have a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms. The number of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 3 to 50 carbon atoms on each pyrene ring is 1 or more, and the multiple substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 3 to 50 carbon atoms are the same or different from each other.

[1342] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (23), it is also preferred that Ar 231 is not substituted or unsubstituted pyrene, L 231 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrene group, and R other than the group represented by the above general formula (231) is 2301 ~R 2310 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrene group.

[1343] The compound represented by the general formula (23) is also preferably a compound having one pyrene ring in the molecule.

[1344] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (23), R 2301 With R 236 Each is independently a group represented by the above general formula (231).

[1345] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[1346] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (231) 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently

[1347] Hydrogen atoms,

[1348] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1349] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1350] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1351] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1352] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[1353] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (231) 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently

[1354] Hydrogen atoms,

[1355] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[1356] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1357] When the first light-emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (23) as the first organic material, it is possible to prevent the injection of excessive holes into the first light-emitting layer and the recombination of holes and electrons in the second light-emitting layer. In addition, the electron tolerance and excitation tolerance of the compound represented by the general formula (23) are respectively better than those of the biscarbazole compound. The compound represented by the general formula (23) has a skeleton with less planarity than the pyrene compound, so it is easy to suppress the decrease in chromaticity.

[1358] (Compound represented by general formula (24))

[1359] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (24).

[1360]

Chemical formula 43

[1361]

[1362] (In the above general formula (24),

[1363] R 2401 ~R 2412 Each independently

[1364] Hydrogen atoms,

[1365] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1366] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1367] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1368] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1369] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1370] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1371] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1372] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1373] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1374] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1375] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1376] Halogen atoms,

[1377] Cyano,

[1378] Nitro,

[1379] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1380] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1381] The group represented by the above general formula (241) is

[1382] Among them, R 2401 ~R 2412 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1383] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (241), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (241) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1384] L 241 for

[1385] single bond,

[1386] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1387] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1388] Ar 241 for

[1389] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1390] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1391] m 24 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1392] In L 241 If there are two or more L 241 Same or different from each other,

[1393] In Ar 241 When there are two or more Ar 241 Same or different from each other,

[1394] The * in the above general formula (241) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the above general formula (24).

[1395] When the first light-emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (24) as the first organic material, the first light-emitting layer can be given an electron-transporting property.

[1396] (Compound represented by general formula (25))

[1397] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (25).

[1398]

Chemical formula 44

[1399]

[1400] (In the above general formula (25),

[1401] R 2501 ~R 2510 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1402] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1403] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[1404] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2501 ~R 2510 Each independently

[1405] Hydrogen atoms,

[1406] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1407] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1408] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1409] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1410] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1411] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1412] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1413] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1414] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1415] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1416] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1417] Halogen atoms,

[1418] Cyano,

[1419] Nitro,

[1420] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1421] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1422] The group represented by the above general formula (251) is

[1423] The substituents when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituents when the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 2501 ~R 2510 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1424] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (251), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (251) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1425] L 251 for

[1426] single bond,

[1427] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1428] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1429] AT 251 for

[1430] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1431] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1432] m 25 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1433] In L 251 If there are two or more L 251 Same or different from each other,

[1434] In Ar 251 When there are two or more Ar 251 are the same as or different from each other, and * in the above general formula (251) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (25).

[1435] When the first light-emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (25) as the first organic material, the first light-emitting layer can be given an electron-transporting property.

[1436] (Compound represented by general formula (26))

[1437] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (26).

[1438]

Chemical formula 45

[1439]

[1440] (In the above general formula (26),

[1441] R 2601 ~R 2603 Each independently

[1442] Hydrogen atoms,

[1443] Halogen atoms,

[1444] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1445] a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1446] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1447] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1448] -O-(R904 ) shown in the group,

[1449] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1450] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1451] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkylamino group having 7 to 60 carbon atoms,

[1452] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1453] Cyano,

[1454] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1455] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1456] R 2606 ~R 2610 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones, one or more of them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,

[1457] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2606 and R 2610 Each independently

[1458] Hydrogen atoms, or

[1459] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1460] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2607 ~R 2609 Each independently

[1461] Hydrogen atoms,

[1462] Halogen atoms,

[1463] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1464] a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1465] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1466] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1467] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1468] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1469] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1470] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkylamino group having 7 to 60 carbon atoms,

[1471] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1472] Cyano,

[1473] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1474] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1475] Among them, in R 2608 With R 2609 Group or R 2608 With R 2607 When the group of R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, R 2607 ~R 2609 At least one of

[1476] Substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl,

[1477] a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms,

[1478] Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl,

[1479] Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl,

[1480] Substituted phenyl, or

[1481] Substituted biphenyl,

[1482] The substituted phenyl and substituted biphenyl each independently have a

[1483] Substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl,

[1484] a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms,

[1485] substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl, and

[1486] At least one group selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl groups,

[1487] Among them, there is no 2608 With R 2609 Group, or R 2608 With R 2607 The group and R 2607 ~R2 609 When the bonded benzene ring forms a carbazole group,

[1488] In R 2607 ~R 2609 When any one of is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group, R 2601 ~R 2603 is a hydrogen atom,

[1489] R 2601 ~R 2603 and R2 606 ~R2 610 Each substituent of does not have a polymerizable functional group at the terminal,

[1490] X 26 is a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom. )

[1491] In the compound represented by the above general formula (26), R 2608 With R 2609 The group, and R 2608 With R 2607 The group preferably does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.

[1492] Preferably, R 2607 and R 2609 At least one of the groups is a substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group, a substituted phenyl group, or a substituted biphenyl group, and the substituted phenyl group and the substituted biphenyl group each independently have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group.

[1493] Preferably, R 2601 ~R 2603 At least one of is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, and more preferably, R 2603 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1494] The aralkylamino group having 7 to 60 carbon atoms is -N(R 966 )(R 967 ) shown in the group, R 966 and R 967 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and R 966 and R 967 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1495] (Compounds represented by the general formula (27) and compounds represented by the general formula (28))

[1496] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first organic material is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (27) or (28).

[1497]

Chemical formula 46

[1498]

[1499]

Chemical formula 47

[1500]

[1501] (In the above general formula (27) and general formula (28),

[1502] Ar 271 ,Ar 272 and Ar 273 Each independently

[1503] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 ring carbon atoms, or

[1504] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 6 ring atoms,

[1505] Among them, Ar 271 ,Ar 272 and Ar 273 It may have one or more substituents Y, and the multiple substituents Y may be the same or different from each other.

[1506] The substituent Y is

[1507] an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1508] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1509] Aralkyl having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1510] -Si(R 901 )(R 902)(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1511] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1512] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1513] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar 271 ,Ar 272 and Ar 273 a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of

[1514] X 271 , X 272 , X 273 and X 274 are independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR 271 or CR 272 R 273 ,

[1515] R 271 , R 272 and R 273 Each independently

[1516] an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1517] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1518] Aralkyl having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1519] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1520] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1521] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1522] r, p and q are each independently 0 or 1,

[1523] s is 1, 2, or 3,

[1524] n is 2, 3 or 4, respectively. 273 As a dimer, trimer, tetramer of the connecting group,

[1525] Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All NR 271 When r and p are 0 and q is 1, or when X 271and X 273 All NR 271 , p and q are 0, r is 1, at least 1 R 271 is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent fused aromatic heterocyclic group having 8 to 24 ring atoms,

[1526] L 271 for

[1527] single bond,

[1528] an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1529] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1530] A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1531] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1532] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar 271 a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1533] L 272 for

[1534] single bond,

[1535] an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1536] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1537] A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1538] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1539] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1540] Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All CR 272 R 273 , r and p are 0, q is 1 and L 271 and L 272 In the case where all of X are substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or 271 and X 273 All CR 272 R 273 , p and q are 0, r is 1 and L 271 and L 272When all are substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, L is absent. 271 and L 272 At the same time relative to Ar 272 Connected to the opposite position,

[1541] When n is 2, L 273 for

[1542] single bond,

[1543] an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1544] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1545] A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1546] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1547] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1548] When n is 3, L 273 for

[1549] A trivalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1550] a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1551] A trivalent silyl group or a trivalent substituted silyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1552] a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1553] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1554] When n is 4, L 273 for

[1555] A tetravalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1556] a substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1557] Silicon atoms,

[1558] a substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1559] Carbon-carbon bond with Ar273 a substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1560] Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All CR2 72 R2 73 , r and p are 0, q is 1 and L 271 and L 273 In the case where all of them are substituted or unsubstituted divalent, trivalent or tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or in the case where X 271 and X 273 All CR2 72 R2 73 , p and q are 0, r is 1 and L 271 and L 273 When all are substituted or unsubstituted divalent, trivalent or tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, L is absent. 271 and L 273 At the same time relative to Ar 272 Connected to the opposite position,

[1561] A 271 for

[1562] Hydrogen atoms,

[1563] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1564] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1565] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1566] Carbon-carbon bond with L 271 A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, wherein L 271 In the case of an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A 271 Not hydrogen atoms,

[1567] A 272 for

[1568] Hydrogen atoms,

[1569] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1570] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1571] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1572] Carbon-carbon bond with L 272 a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms,

[1573] Among them, in L 272 In the case of an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A 272 is not a hydrogen atom, and, in X 271 and X 272 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or CR2 72 R2 73 , r and p are 0, q is 1, L 271 and L 272 All are single bonds and A 271 and A 272 In the case where all of them are hydrogen atoms, or in the case where X 271 and X 273 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or CR 272 R 273 , p and q are 0, r is 1, L 271 and L 272 All are single bonds and A 271 and A 272 When all atoms are hydrogen, there is no Ar 272 In the case of having one or more substituents Y and the substituent Y is methyl or unsubstituted phenyl,

[1574] A 271 , A 272 , L 271 , L 272 and L 273 Does not contain a carbonyl group,

[1575] The above general formula (27) is not the structure represented by the following general formula (271),

[1576] The above general formula (28) is not the structure represented by the following general formula (281).

[1577]

Chemical formula 48

[1578]

[1579] (In the above general formula (271),

[1580] X 271 , X 272 , A 271 , A 272 , L 271 and L 272 With X in the above general formula (27) 271, X 272 , A 271 , A 272 , L 271 and L 272 The same meaning,

[1581] Y 271 , Y 272 and Y 273 Each independently

[1582] an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1583] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms,

[1584] an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1585] Aralkyl having 7 to 24 carbon atoms,

[1586] A silyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1587] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 ring carbon atoms, or

[1588] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of the benzene rings a, b and c via a carbon-carbon bond,

[1589] d and f are 3, and e is 2. )

[1590]

Chemical formula 49

[1591]

[1592] (In the above general formula (281),

[1593] X 271 , X 272 , A 271 , L 271 , L 273 and n are respectively the same as X in the above general formula (28) 271 , X 272 , A 271 , L 271 , L 273 Same meaning as n.

[1594] Y 271 , Y 272 and Y 273 Each independently

[1595] an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1596] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms,

[1597] an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1598] Aralkyl having 7 to 24 carbon atoms,

[1599] A silyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms,

[1600] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 ring carbon atoms, or

[1601] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of the benzene rings a, b and c via a carbon-carbon bond,

[1602] d and f are 3, and e is 2. )

[1603] The compounds represented by the general formulae (25) to (28) as the first organic material have a wide energy gap (large singlet energy).

[1604] In the first organic material of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 801 and R 802 Each independently

[1605] Hydrogen atoms,

[1606] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1607] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1608] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1609] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1610] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1611] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1612] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1613] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904Same or different from each other,

[1614] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1615] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1616] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[1617] In R 801 If there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[1618] In R 802 If there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

[1619] In the first organic material according to the present embodiment, any group described as “substituted or unsubstituted” is preferably an “unsubstituted” group.

[1620] (Method for producing first organic material)

[1621] The first organic material can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the first organic material can be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1622] (Specific example of the first organic material)

[1623] Specific examples of the first organic material include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the first organic material.

[1624]

Chemical formula 50

[1625]

[1626]

Chemical formula 51

[1627]

[1628]

Chemical formula 52

[1629]

[1630]

Chemical formula 53

[1631]

[1632]

Chemical formula 54

[1633]

[1634]

Chemical formula 55

[1635]

[1636]

Chemical formula 56

[1637]

[1638]

Chemical formula 57

[1639]

[1640] (Second main material)

[1641] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second host material is a compound having a structure different from that of the first host material and the first organic material.

[1642] The third compound as the second host material satisfies the above-mentioned mathematical formulas (Math. 1) and (Math. 2).

[1643] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the third compound as the second host material is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3), for example.

[1644] In addition, if the third compound serving as the second main material is a compound satisfying the above-mentioned mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 1) and (Mathematical Formula 2), it may also be any compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the above-mentioned general formulas (1), (11X), (12X), (13X), (14X), (21), (22), (23), (24), (25), (26), (27) and (28).

[1645]

Chemical formula 58

[1646]

[1647] (In the above general formula (3),

[1648] R 301 ~R 308 Each independently

[1649] Hydrogen atoms,

[1650] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1651] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1652] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1653] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1654] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1655] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1656] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1657] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1658] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1659] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1660] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1661] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1662] Halogen atoms,

[1663] Cyano,

[1664] Nitro,

[1665] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1666] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1667] L 301 and L 302 Each independently

[1668] single bond,

[1669] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1670] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1671] Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently

[1672] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1673] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1674] (In the third compound according to this embodiment, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 801 and R 802 Each independently

[1675] Hydrogen atoms,

[1676] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1677] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1678] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1679] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1680] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1681] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1682] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1683] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1684] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1685] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1686] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[1687] In R 801 If there are multiple R801 Same or different from each other,

[1688] In R 802 If there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.)

[1689] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[1690] R 301 ~R 308 Each independently

[1691] Hydrogen atoms,

[1692] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1693] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1694] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1695] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1696] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1697] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1698] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1699] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1700] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1701] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1702] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1703] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1704] Halogen atoms,

[1705] Cyano or

[1706] Nitro,

[1707] L 301 and L 302 Each independently

[1708] single bond,

[1709] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1710] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1711] Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently

[1712] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1713] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1714] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[1715] L 301 and L 302 Each independently

[1716] Single key, or

[1717] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1718] Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1719] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferred that:

[1720] Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently

[1721] Phenyl,

[1722] Naphthyl,

[1723] Fiki,

[1724] Biphenyl,

[1725] Terphenyl,

[1726] Diphenylfluorenyl,

[1727] Dimethylfluorenyl,

[1728] Benzodiphenylfluorenyl,

[1729] Benzodimethylfluorenyl,

[1730] Dibenzofuranyl,

[1731] Dibenzothiophene,

[1732] naphthobenzofuranyl, or

[1733] Naphthobenzothienyl.

[1734] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the third compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (301), general formula (302), general formula (303), general formula (304), general formula (305), general formula (306), general formula (307), general formula (308) or general formula (309).

[1735]

Chemical formula 59

[1736]

[1737]

Chemical formula 60

[1738]

[1739]

Chemical formula 61

[1740]

[1741]

Chemical formula 62

[1742]

[1743]

Chemical formula 63

[1744]

[1745]

Chemical formula 64

[1746]

[1747] (In the above general formulas (301) to (309),

[1748] L 301 and Ar 301 With the L in the above general formula (3) 301 and Ar 301 The same meaning,

[1749] R 301 ~R 308 Each independently of R in the above general formula (3) 301 ~R 308 Same meaning.)

[1750] The third compound represented by the above general formula (3) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (321), general formula (322), general formula (323), general formula (324), general formula (325), general formula (326), general formula (327), general formula (328) or general formula (329).

[1751]

Chemical formula 65

[1752]

[1753]

Chemical formula 66

[1754]

[1755]

Chemical formula 67

[1756]

[1757]

Chemical formula 68

[1758]

[1759]

Chemical formula 69

[1760]

[1761]

Chemical formula 70

[1762]

[1763] (In the above general formula (321), general formula (322), general formula (323), general formula (324), general formula (325), general formula (326), general formula (327), general formula (328) and general formula (329),

[1764] R 301 and R 303 ~R 308 Each independently of R in the above general formula (3) 301 and R 303 ~R 308 The same meaning,

[1765] L 301 and Ar 301 respectively with L in the above general formula (3) 301 and Ar 301 The same meaning,

[1766] L 303 With the L in the above general formula (3) 301 The same meaning,

[1767] L 303 With L 301Same or different from each other,

[1768] Ar 303 and Ar in the above general formula (3) 301 The same meaning,

[1769] Ar 303 with Ar 301 Same as or different from each other.)

[1770] The third compound represented by the above general formula (3) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (341), general formula (342), general formula (343), general formula (344), general formula (345), general formula (346), general formula (347), general formula (348) or general formula (349).

[1771]

Chemical formula 71

[1772]

[1773]

Chemical formula 72

[1774]

[1775]

Chemical formula 73

[1776]

[1777]

Chemical formula 74

[1778]

[1779]

Chemical formula 75

[1780]

[1781]

Chemical formula 76

[1782]

[1783] (In the above general formula (341), general formula (342), general formula (343), general formula (344), general formula (345), general formula (346), general formula (347), general formula (348) and general formula (349),

[1784] R 301 , R 302 and R 304 ~R 308 Each independently of R in the above general formula (3) 301 , R 302 and R 304 ~R 308 The same meaning,

[1785] L301 and Ar 301 respectively with L in the above general formula (3) 301 and Ar 301 The same meaning,

[1786] L 303 With the L in the above general formula (3) 301 The same meaning,

[1787] L 303 With L 301 Same or different from each other,

[1788] Ar 303 and Ar in the above general formula (3) 301 The same meaning,

[1789] Ar 303 with Ar 301 Same as or different from each other.)

[1790] In the third compound represented by the general formula (3), preferably, it is not -L 303 -Ar 303 The R of the group shown 301 ~R 308 Each independently

[1791] Hydrogen atoms,

[1792] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1793] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1794] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the figure.

[1795] Preferably, L 301 for

[1796] Single key, or

[1797] an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms,

[1798] Ar 301 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

[1799] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[1800] In the third compound represented by the above general formula (3), preferably, R 301 ~R 308 Each independently

[1801] Hydrogen atoms,

[1802] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1803] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1804] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the figure.

[1805] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, in the third compound represented by the above general formula (3), R 301 ~R 308 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[1806] In the third compound described above, the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are all preferably "unsubstituted" groups.

[1807] (Method for producing the second host material)

[1808] The second host material can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the second host material can be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1809] (Specific example of the second host material)

[1810] Specific examples of the second host material include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the second host material.

[1811]

Chemical formula 77

[1812]

[1813]

Chemical formula 78

[1814]

[1815]

Chemical formula 79

[1816]

[1817]

Chemical formula 80

[1818]

[1819]

Chemical formula 81

[1820]

[1821]

Chemical formula 82

[1822]

[1823]

Chemical formula 83

[1824]

[1825]

Chemical formula 84

[1826]

[1827]

Chemical formula 85

[1828]

[1829]

Chemical formula 86

[1830]

[1831]

Chemical formula 87

[1832]

[1833]

Chemical formula 88

[1834]

[1835]

Chemical formula 89

[1836]

[1837]

Chemical formula 90

[1838]

[1839]

Chemical formula 91

[1840]

[1841]

Chemical formula 92

[1842]

[1843]

Chemical formula 93

[1844]

[1845]

Chemical formula 94

[1846]

[1847]

Chemical formula 95

[1848]

[1849]

Chemical formula 96

[1850]

[1851]

Chemical formula 97

[1852]

[1853]

Chemical formula 98

[1854]

[1855]

Chemical formula 99

[1856]

[1857]

Chemical Formula 100

[1858]

[1859]

Chemical Formula 101

[1860]

[1861] (First dopant material and second dopant material)

[1862] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the first dopant material and the second dopant material are, for example, each independently selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (4), a compound represented by the following general formula (5), a compound represented by the following general formula (6), a compound represented by the following general formula (7), a compound represented by the following general formula (8), a compound represented by the following general formula (9), and a compound represented by the following general formula (10). In one embodiment, the first dopant material and the second dopant material are compounds with the same structure. In one embodiment, the first dopant material and the second dopant material are compounds with different structures.

[1863] (Compound represented by general formula (4))

[1864] The compound represented by the general formula (4) is described.

[1865]

Chemical Formula 102

[1866]

[1867] (In the above general formula (4),

[1868] Z is independently CRa or a nitrogen atom,

[1869] Ring A1 and ring A2 are each independently

[1870] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1871] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1872] When there are multiple Ra, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Ra are included.

[1873] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1874] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1875] Not bonded to each other,

[1876] n21 and n22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1877] When there are multiple Rb, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rb

[1878] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1879] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1880] Not bonded to each other,

[1881] When there are multiple Rc, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rc

[1882] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1883] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1884] Not bonded to each other,

[1885] Ra, Rb and Rc which do not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and do not form the above-mentioned condensed ring are each independently

[1886] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1887] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1888] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1889] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1890] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1891] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1892] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1893] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1894] Halogen atoms,

[1895] Cyano,

[1896] Nitro,

[1897] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1898] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1899] In the first dopant material and the second dopant material, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 and R 907 Each independently

[1900] Hydrogen atoms,

[1901] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1902] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1903] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1904] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1905] is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[1906] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1907] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1908] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1909] In R 903 If there are multiple R903 Same or different from each other,

[1910] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1911] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1912] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1913] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same as or different from each other.

[1914] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the above-mentioned "aryl group".

[1915] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring contains two carbon atoms in the condensed bicyclic structure at the center of the above general formula (4) as ring-constituting atoms.

[1916] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[1917] The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as a compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".

[1918] The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring contains two carbon atoms in the central condensed bicyclic structure of the above general formula (4) as ring-constituting atoms.

[1919] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[1920] Rb is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A1 ring, or any of the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring.

[1921] Rc is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A2 ring, or any of the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring as the A2 ring.

[1922] Among Ra, Rb and Rc, at least one is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (4a), and at least two are more preferably groups represented by the following general formula (4a).

[1923]

Chemical Formula 103

[1924] *-L 401 -Ar 401 (4a)

[1925] (In the above general formula (4a),

[1926] L 401 for

[1927] single bond,

[1928] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1929] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[1930] Ar 401 for

[1931] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1932] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1933] A group represented by the following general formula (4b).

[1934]

Chemical Formula 104

[1935]

[1936] (In the above general formula (4b),

[1937] L 402 and L 403 Each independently

[1938] single bond,

[1939] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1940] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[1941] Ar 402 and Ar 403 The group

[1942] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1943] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1944] Not bonded to each other,

[1945] Ar which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring402 and Ar 403 Each independently

[1946] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1947] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1948] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (42).

[1949]

Chemical Formula 105

[1950]

[1951] (In the above general formula (42),

[1952] R 401 ~R 411 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1953] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1954] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1955] Not bonded to each other,

[1956] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 401 ~R 411 Each independently

[1957] Hydrogen atoms,

[1958] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1959] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1960] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1961] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1962] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1963] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1964] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1965] -N(R906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1966] Halogen atoms,

[1967] Cyano,

[1968] Nitro,

[1969] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1970] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1971] R 401 ~R 411 Among them, at least one is preferably a group represented by the above general formula (4a), and at least two are more preferably groups represented by the above general formula (4a).

[1972] R 404 and R 411 Preferred is a group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (4a).

[1973] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is bonded to the A1 ring.

[1974] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) is 404 ~R 407 A compound in which a structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is bonded to the bonded ring.

[1975]

Chemical formula 106

[1976]

[1977] (In the above general formula (4-1), the two * are each independently bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring in the above general formula (4), or to R 404 ~R 407 Any bond in

[1978] The three * in the general formula (4-2) are each independently bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring in the general formula (4), or to R in the general formula (42). 404 ~R 407 Any bond in

[1979] R 421 ~R 427One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1980] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1981] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1982] Not bonded to each other,

[1983] R 431 ~R 438 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1984] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1985] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1986] Not bonded to each other,

[1987] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 421 ~R 427 and R 431 ~R 438 Each independently

[1988] Hydrogen atoms,

[1989] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1990] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1991] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1992] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1993] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1994] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1995] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1996] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1997] Halogen atoms,

[1998] Cyano,

[1999] Nitro,

[2000] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2001] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2002] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4) or general formula (41-5).

[2003]

Chemical formula 107

[2004]

[2005]

Chemical formula 108

[2006]

[2007]

Chemical formula 109

[2008]

[2009] (In the above general formula (41-3), formula (41-4) and formula (41-5),

[2010] The A1 ring has the same definition as in the above general formula (4),

[2011] R 421 ~R 427 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-1) 421 ~R 427 The same meaning,

[2012] R 440 ~R 448 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (42) 401 ~R 411 Same meaning.)

[2013] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as the A1 ring of the general formula (41-5) is

[2014] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring or

[2015] A substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring.

[2016] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms as the A1 ring of the general formula (41-5) is

[2017] a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,

[2018] Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring or

[2019] A substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

[2020] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) or the general formula (42) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (461) to (467).

[2021]

Chemical Formula 110

[2022]

[2023]

Chemical Formula 111

[2024]

[2025]

Chemical Formula 112

[2026]

[2027]

Chemical formula 113

[2028]

[2029]

Chemical formula 114

[2030]

[2031] (In the above general formula (461), general formula (462), general formula (463), general formula (464), general formula (465), general formula (466) and general formula (467),

[2032] R 421 ~R 427 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-1) 421 ~R 427 The same meaning,

[2033] R 431 ~R 438 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-2) 431 ~R 438 The same meaning,

[2034] R 440 ~R 448 and R 451 ~R 454 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (42) 401 ~R 411 The same meaning,

[2035] X 4 is an oxygen atom, NR 801or C(R 802 )(R 803 ),

[2036] R 801 , R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2037] Hydrogen atoms,

[2038] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2039] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2040] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2041] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2042] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2043] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2044] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2045] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2046] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2047] In one embodiment, in the compound represented by the above general formula (42), R 401 ~R 411 One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. This embodiment is described in detail as a compound represented by the following general formula (45).

[2048] (Compound represented by general formula (45))

[2049] The compound represented by the general formula (45) is described.

[2050]

Chemical Formula 115

[2051]

[2052] (In the above general formula (45),

[2053] Choose from R 461 With R 462 The group composed of 462 With R 463 The group composed of 464 With R 465 The group composed of 465 With R4 66 The group composed of 466 With R 467 The group composed of 468 With R 469 The group composed of 469 With R 470 The group and R 470 With R 471 Two or more groups in the large group consisting of the groups formed are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2054] in,

[2055] R 461 With R 462 The group and R 462 With R 463 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2056] R 464 With R 465 The group and R 465 With R 466 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2057] R 465 With R 466 The group and R 466 With R 467 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2058] R 468 With R 469 The group and R 469 With R 470 The groups do not simultaneously form a ring; and

[2059] R 469 With R 470 The group and R 470 With R 471 The groups do not form a ring at the same time.

[2060] R 461 ~R 471 The two or more rings formed are identical or different from each other,

[2061] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 461 ~R 471 Each independently

[2062] Hydrogen atoms,

[2063] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2064] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2065] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2066] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2067] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2068] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2069] -S-(R 905 ) represented by the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2070] Halogen atoms,

[2071] Cyano,

[2072] Nitro,

[2073] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2074] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2075] In the above general formula (45), R n With R n+1 (n represents an integer selected from 461, 462, 464 to 466 and 468 to 470) are bonded to each other and R n and R n+1 The two carbon atoms bonded to the ring together form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. The ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and nitrogen atoms, and the number of atoms in the ring is preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 5 or 6.

[2076] The number of the above-mentioned ring structures in the compound represented by the general formula (45) is, for example, 2, 3 or 4. The two or more ring structures may each be present on the same benzene ring on the mother skeleton of the general formula (45), or may be present on different benzene rings. For example, in the case of having three ring structures, one ring structure may be present on each of the three benzene rings of the general formula (45).

[2077] Examples of the ring structure in the compound represented by the general formula (45) include structures represented by the following general formulae (451) to (460).

[2078]

Chemical formula 116

[2079]

[2080] (In the above general formulas (451) to (457),

[2081] *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14 represent R n and R n+1 The two ring-forming carbon atoms bonded to the

[2082] R n The bonded ring-forming carbon atoms may be any one of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14.

[2083] X 45 C(R 4512 )(R 4513 ), NR 4514 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2084] R 4501 ~R 4506 and R 4512 ~R 4513 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2085] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2086] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2087] Not bonded to each other,

[2088] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 4501 ~R 4514 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471Same meaning.)

[2089]

Chemical formula 117

[2090]

[2091] (In the above general formulas (458) to (460),

[2092] *1 and *2 as well as *3 and *4 respectively represent R n and R n+1 The two ring-forming carbon atoms bonded to the

[2093] R n The ring-forming carbon atom to which the bond is attached may be any one of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2 or *3 and *4.

[2094] X 45 C(R 4512 )(R 4513 ), NR 4514 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2095] R 4512 ~R 4513 and R 4515 ~R 4525 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2096] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2097] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2098] Not bonded to each other,

[2099] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 4512 ~R 4513 , R 4515 ~R 4521 and R 4522 ~R 4525 , and R 4514 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2100] In the above general formula (45), preferably, R 462 , R 464 , R 465 , R 470 and R 471 At least one (preferably R 462 , R 465 and R 470 At least one of, more preferably R462 ) is a group that does not form a ring structure.

[2101] (i) In the above general formula (45), R n With R n+1 When the formed ring structure has a substituent,

[2102] (ii) In the above general formula (45), R which does not form a ring structure 461 ~R 471 as well as

[2103] (iii) R in formulas (451) to (460) 4501 ~R 4514 , R 4515 ~R 4525 Preferably, each independently selected from

[2104] Hydrogen atoms,

[2105] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2106] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2107] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2108] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2109] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2110] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2111] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[2112] Any group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following general formulae (461) to (464).

[2113]

Chemical formula 118

[2114]

[2115] (In the above general formulas (461) to (464),

[2116] R d Each independently

[2117] Hydrogen atoms,

[2118] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2119] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2120] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2121] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2122] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2123] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2124] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2125] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2126] Halogen atoms,

[2127] Cyano,

[2128] Nitro,

[2129] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2130] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2131] X 46 C(R 801 )(R 802 ), NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2132] R 801 , R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2133] Hydrogen atoms,

[2134] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2135] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2136] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2137] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2138] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2139] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2140] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2141] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2142] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same or different from each other,

[2143] p1 is 5,

[2144] p2 is 4,

[2145] p3 is 3,

[2146] p4 is 7,

[2147] In the above general formulae (461) to (464), * each independently represents a bonding position to the ring structure.

[2148] In the first dopant material and the second dopant material, R 901 ~R 907 Same definition as above.

[2149] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (45-1) to (45-6).

[2150]

Chemical formula 119

[2151]

[2152]

Chemical Formula 120

[2153]

[2154] (In the above general formulas (45-1) to (45-6),

[2155] Rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2156] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2157] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (45-7) to (45-12).

[2158]

Chemical Formula 121

[2159]

[2160]

Chemical formula 122

[2161]

[2162] (In the above general formulas (45-7) to (45-12),

[2163] Rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2164] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2165] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (45-13) to (45-21).

[2166]

Chemical Formula 123

[2167]

[2168]

Chemical formula 124

[2169]

[2170]

Chemical formula 125

[2171]

[2172] (In the above general formulas (45-13) to (45-21),

[2173] Rings d to k are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2174] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2175] When the ring g or the ring h further has a substituent, examples of the substituent include:

[2176] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2177] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2178] The group represented by the above general formula (461),

[2179] The group represented by the above general formula (463) or

[2180] The group represented by the above general formula (464).

[2181] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (45-22) to (45-25).

[2182]

Chemical formula 126

[2183]

[2184] (In the above general formulas (45-22) to (45-25),

[2185] X 46 and X 47 Each independently is C(R 801 )(R 802 ), NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2186] R 461 ~R 471 and R 481 ~R 488 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.

[2187] R 801 , R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2188] Hydrogen atoms,

[2189] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2190] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2191] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2192] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2193] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2194] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2195] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2196] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2197] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2198] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (45) is represented by the following general formula (45-26).

[2199]

Chemical formula 127

[2200]

[2201] (In the above general formula (45-26),

[2202] X 46 C(R 801 )(R 802 ), NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2203] R 463 , R 464 , R 467 , R 468 , R 471 and R 481 ~R 492 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.

[2204] R 801 , R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2205] Hydrogen atoms,

[2206] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2207] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2208] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2209] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2210] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2211] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2212] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2213] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2214] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2215] As specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4), for example, the following compounds can be given: In the following specific examples, Ph represents a phenyl group, and D represents a deuterium atom.

[2216]

Chemical formula 128

[2217]

[2218]

Chemical formula 129

[2219]

[2220]

Chemical Formula 130

[2221]

[2222]

Chemical Formula 131

[2223]

[2224]

Chemical formula 132

[2225]

[2226]

Chemical formula 133

[2227]

[2228]

Chemical formula 134

[2229]

[2230]

Chemical formula 135

[2231]

[2232]

Chemical formula 136

[2233]

[2234]

Chemical formula 137

[2235]

[2236] (Compound represented by general formula (5))

[2237] The compound represented by the general formula (5) is described below. The compound represented by the general formula (5) corresponds to the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) described above.

[2238]

Chemical formula 138

[2239]

[2240] (In the above general formula (5),

[2241] R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2242] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2243] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2244] Not bonded to each other,

[2245] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently

[2246] Hydrogen atoms,

[2247] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2248] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2249] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2250] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2251] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2252] -O-(R904 ) shown in the group,

[2253] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2254] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2255] Halogen atoms,

[2256] Cyano,

[2257] Nitro,

[2258] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2259] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2260] R 521 and R 522 Each independently

[2261] Hydrogen atoms,

[2262] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2263] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2264] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2265] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2266] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2267] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2268] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2269] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2270] Halogen atoms,

[2271] Cyano,

[2272] Nitro,

[2273] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2274] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2275] “R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 "One of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones" is, for example, R 501 With R 502 The group composed of 502 With R 503 The group composed of 503 With R 504 The group composed of 505 With R 506 The group composed of 506 With R 507 The group composed of 501 With R 502 With R 503 The groups formed are combined.

[2276] In one embodiment, R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 At least one, preferably two, of the 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the figure.

[2277] In one embodiment, R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently

[2278] Hydrogen atoms,

[2279] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2280] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2281] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (52).

[2282]

Chemical formula 139

[2283]

[2284] (In the above general formula (52),

[2285] R 531 ~R 534 and R 541 ~R 544One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2286] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2287] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2288] Not bonded to each other,

[2289] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 531 ~R 534 , R 541 ~R 544 , and R 551 and R 552 Each independently

[2290] Hydrogen atoms,

[2291] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2292] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2293] R 561 ~R 564 Each independently

[2294] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2295] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2296] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (53).

[2297]

Chemical formula 140

[2298]

[2299] (In the above general formula (53), R 551 , R 552 and R 561 ~R 564 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (52) 551 , R 552 and R 561 ~R 564 Same meaning.)

[2300] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (52) and general formula (53) 561 ~R 564 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).

[2301] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (5) 521 and R 522 , R in the above general formula (52) and general formula (53) 551 and R 552 A hydrogen atom.

[2302] In one embodiment, the substituents in the above general formula (5), general formula (52) and general formula (53) when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are

[2303] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2304] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2305] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2306] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2307] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2308] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2309] As specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (5), the following compounds can be mentioned.

[2310]

Chemical formula 141

[2311]

[2312]

Chemical formula 142

[2313]

[2314]

Chemical formula 143

[2315]

[2316]

Chemical formula 144

[2317]

[2318]

Chemical formula 145

[2319]

[2320]

Chemical formula 146

[2321]

[2322]

Chemical formula 147

[2323]

[2324]

Chemical formula 148

[2325]

[2326]

Chemical formula 149

[2327]

[2328]

Chemical formula 150

[2329]

[2330]

Chemical formula 151

[2331]

[2332]

Chemical formula 152

[2333]

[2334]

Chemical formula 153

[2335]

[2336]

Chemical formula 154

[2337]

[2338] (where Ph is phenyl) [Chemical Formula 155]

[2339]

[2340]

Chemical formula 156

[2341]

[2342] (Compound represented by general formula (6))

[2343] The compound represented by the general formula (6) is described.

[2344]

Chemical formula 157

[2345]

[2346] (In the above general formula (6),

[2347] Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently

[2348] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2349] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2350] R 601 and R 602 Each independently bonds to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2351] R which does not form the above substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601 and R 602 Each independently

[2352] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2353] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2354] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2355] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2356] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2357] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2358] The rings a, b and c are rings fused to the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the general formula (6) consisting of a boron atom and two nitrogen atoms (a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms).

[2359] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the a ring, the b ring and the c ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the above-mentioned "aryl group".

[2360] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the a ring contains three carbon atoms in the condensed bicyclic structure at the center of the above general formula (6) as ring-constituting atoms.

[2361] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the b ring and the c ring contains two carbon atoms in the central condensed bicyclic structure of the above general formula (6) as ring-constituting atoms.

[2362] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[2363] The "heterocycle" of the a ring, b ring and c ring has the same structure as a compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".

[2364] The "heterocycle" of the a ring contains three carbon atoms in the fused two-ring structure at the center of the general formula (6) as ring atoms. The "heterocycle" of the b ring and the c ring contains two carbon atoms in the fused two-ring structure at the center of the general formula (6) as ring atoms. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing hydrogen atoms into the "heterocyclic group" described in the specific example group G2.

[2365] R 601 and R 602 Each independently can be bonded to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. In this case, the heterocyclic ring includes the nitrogen atom on the fused two-ring structure at the center of the general formula (6). In this case, the heterocyclic ring may also contain heteroatoms other than nitrogen atoms. R 601 and R 602 Specifically, the atoms constituting the a ring, the b ring or the c ring are bonded to the atoms constituting the R6 0 1 and R 602 For example, it can also be R 601 It is bonded to the a ring to form a fused 601 A nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring in which the ring of a is fused with two (or more) rings of a ring. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the heterocyclic group containing nitrogen and having two or more rings fused in the specific example group G2.

[2366] R 601 When bonded to the b ring, R 602 When bonded to the a ring and R 602 The bonding to the c ring is the same as above.

[2367] In one embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2368] In one embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.

[2369] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (6) 601 and R 602 Each independently

[2370] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2371] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2372] It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2373] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (6) is a compound represented by the following general formula (62).

[2374]

Chemical formula 158

[2375]

[2376] (In the above general formula (62),

[2377] R 601A and selected from R 611 and R 621 One or more of them are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2378] R 602A and selected from R 613 and R 614 One or more of them are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2379] R which does not form the above substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601A and R 602A Each independently

[2380] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2381] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2382] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2383] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2384] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2385] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2386] R 611 ~R 621 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2387] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2388] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2389] Not bonded to each other,

[2390] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2391] Hydrogen atoms,

[2392] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2393] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2394] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2395] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2396] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2397] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2398] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2399] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2400] Halogen atoms,

[2401] Cyano,

[2402] Nitro,

[2403] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2404] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2405] R in the above general formula (62) 601A and R 602A are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (6) 601 and R 602 The corresponding group.

[2406] For example, it can also be R 601A With R 611 The rings containing these rings are bonded to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring that is fused to a benzene ring corresponding to the a ring and is fused to two rings (or three or more rings). Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the heterocyclic groups containing two or more rings fused to nitrogen in the specific example group G2. 601A With R 621 Bonding situation, R 602A With R 613 Bonding conditions and R 602A With R 614The bonding situation is also the same as above.

[2407] R 611 ~R 621 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent ones can be

[2408] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2409] They are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.

[2410] For example, you can 611 With R 612 They are bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, an indole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzofuran ring or a benzothiophene ring is condensed with the six-membered ring to which they are bonded, and the formed condensed ring becomes a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.

[2411] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 6 1 1 ~R 621 Each independently

[2412] Hydrogen atoms,

[2413] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2414] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2415] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2416] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2417] Hydrogen atoms,

[2418] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2419] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2420] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2421] Hydrogen atoms or

[2422] A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2423] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 611 ~R 621Each independently

[2424] Hydrogen atoms or

[2425] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2426] R 611 ~R 621 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2427] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (62) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63).

[2428]

Chemical formula 159

[2429]

[2430] (In the above general formula (63),

[2431] R 631 With R 646 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2432] R 633 With R 647 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2433] R 634 With R 651 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2434] R 641 With R 642 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2435] R 631 ~R 651 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[2436] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2437] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2438] Not bonded to each other,

[2439] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2440] Hydrogen atoms,

[2441] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2442] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2443] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2444] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2445] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2446] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2447] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2448] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2449] Halogen atoms,

[2450] Cyano,

[2451] Nitro,

[2452] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2453] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2454] R 631 Can be used with R 646 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. 631 With R 646 Bonded to form a fused R 646 The benzene ring to which the ring is bonded, the ring containing N and the benzene ring corresponding to the a ring are fused with three or more nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the heterocyclic group containing three or more nitrogen-containing rings fused in the specific example group G2. 633 With R 647 Bonding situation, R 634 With R 651 Bonding conditions and R 641 With R 642 The bonding situation is also the same as above.

[2455] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 631 ~R 651Each independently

[2456] Hydrogen atoms,

[2457] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2458] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2459] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2460] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2461] Hydrogen atoms,

[2462] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2463] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2464] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2465] Hydrogen atoms or

[2466] A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2467] In one embodiment, R not involved in the ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2468] Hydrogen atoms or

[2469] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2470] R 631 ~R 651 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2471] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63A).

[2472]

Chemical formula 160

[2473]

[2474] (In the above general formula (63A),

[2475] R 661 for

[2476] Hydrogen atoms,

[2477] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2478] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2479] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2480] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2481] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2482] R 662 ~R 665 Each independently

[2483] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2484] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2485] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2486] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2487] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2488] In one embodiment, R 661 ~R 665 Each independently

[2489] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2490] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2491] In one embodiment, R 661 ~R 665 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2492] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B).

[2493]

Chemical formula 161

[2494]

[2495] (In the above general formula (63B),

[2496] R 671 and R 672 Each independently

[2497] Hydrogen atoms,

[2498] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2499] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2500] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2501] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2502] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2503] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2504] R 673 ~R 675 Each independently

[2505] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2506] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2507] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2508] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2509] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2510] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2511] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B′).

[2512]

Chemical formula 162

[2513]

[2514] (In the above general formula (63B'), R 672 ~R 675 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (63B) 672 ~R 675 Same meaning.)

[2515] In one embodiment, R 671 ~R 675 At least one of

[2516] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2517] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2518] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2519] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2520] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2521] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2522] In one embodiment,

[2523] R 672 for

[2524] Hydrogen atoms,

[2525] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2526] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2527] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2528] R 671 and R 673 ~R 675 Each independently

[2529] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2530] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2531] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2532] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C).

[2533]

Chemical formula 163

[2534]

[2535] (In the above general formula (63C),

[2536] R 681 and R682 Each independently

[2537] Hydrogen atoms,

[2538] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2539] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2540] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2541] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2542] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2543] R 683 ~R 686 Each independently

[2544] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2545] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2546] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2547] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2548] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2549] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C′).

[2550]

Chemical formula 164

[2551]

[2552] (In the above general formula (63C'), R 683 ~R 686 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (63C) 683 ~R 686 Same meaning.)

[2553] In one embodiment, R 681 ~R 686 Each independently

[2554] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2555] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2556] In one embodiment, R 681 ~R 686 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2557] For the compound represented by the general formula (6), the a ring, b ring and c ring can be first connected by a connecting group (including NR 601 Groups and groups containing NR 602 The intermediate is produced by bonding with a group (containing a boron atom) to produce an intermediate (first reaction), and then the a ring, b ring and c ring are bonded by a connecting group (a group containing a boron atom) to produce a final product (second reaction). In the first reaction, an amination reaction such as Buchwald-Hartwig reaction can be applied. In the second reaction, a tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction can be applied.

[2558] Although specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (6) are described below, these are merely illustrative and the compound represented by the general formula (6) is not limited to the following specific examples.

[2559]

Chemical formula 165

[2560]

[2561]

Chemical formula 166

[2562]

[2563]

Chemical formula 167

[2564]

[2565]

Chemical formula 168

[2566]

[2567]

Chemical formula 169

[2568]

[2569]

Chemical formula 170

[2570]

[2571]

Chemical Formula 171

[2572]

[2573]

Chemical formula 172

[2574]

[2575]

Chemical formula 173

[2576]

[2577]

Chemical formula 174

[2578]

[2579]

Chemical formula 175

[2580]

[2581]

Chemical formula 176

[2582]

[2583] (Compound represented by general formula (7))

[2584] The compound represented by the general formula (7) is described.

[2585]

Chemical formula 177

[2586]

[2587]

Chemical formula 178

[2588]

[2589] (In the above general formula (7),

[2590] The r ring is a ring represented by the above general formula (72) or (73) fused at any position of the adjacent ring,

[2591] The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the above general formula (74) fused at any position of the adjacent rings,

[2592] The p ring and the t ring are each independently a structure represented by the above general formula (75) or general formula (76) fused at any position of the adjacent rings,

[2593] X 7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 702 .

[2594] R 701 When there are multiple adjacent R 701 for

[2595] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2596] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[2597] Not bonded to each other,

[2598] R which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 701 and R 702 Each independently

[2599] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2600] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2601] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2602] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2603] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2604] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2605] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2606] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2607] Halogen atoms,

[2608] Cyano,

[2609] Nitro,

[2610] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2611] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2612] Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each independently

[2613] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2614] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2615] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2616] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2617] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2618] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2619] L 701 for

[2620] a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2621] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2622] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2623] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2624] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2625] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2626] m1 is 0, 1, or 2,

[2627] m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[2628] m3 is each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3,

[2629] m4 is each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[2630] R 701 When there are multiple R 701 Same or different from each other,

[2631] X 7 If there are multiple X 7 Same or different from each other,

[2632] R 702 When there are multiple R 702 Same or different from each other,

[2633] Ar 701 When there are multiple Ar 701 Same or different from each other,

[2634] Ar 702 When there are multiple Ar 702 Same or different from each other,

[2635] L 701 When there are multiple L 701 Same as or different from each other.)

[2636] In the general formula (7), each of the p ring, q ring, r ring, s ring and t ring is fused to the adjacent ring so as to share two carbon atoms. The position and direction of fusion are not limited, and fusion can be performed at any position and direction.

[2637] In one embodiment, in the above general formula (72) or general formula (73) as the r ring, m1=0 or m2=0.

[2638] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (71-1) to (71-6).

[2639]

Chemical formula 179

[2640]

[2641]

Chemical formula 180

[2642]

[2643]

Chemical formula 181

[2644]

[2645]

Chemical formula 182

[2646]

[2647]

Chemical formula 183

[2648]

[2649]

Chemical formula 184

[2650]

[2651] (In the above general formulas (71-1) to (71-6), R 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1 and m3 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1 and m3 have the same meaning. )

[2652] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-11) to (71-13).

[2653]

Chemical formula 185

[2654]

[2655]

Chemical formula 186

[2656]

[2657]

Chemical formula 187

[2658]

[2659] (In the above general formulas (71-11) to (71-13), R 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1, m3 and m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1, m3 and m4 have the same meaning. )

[2660] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (71-21) to (71-25).

[2661]

Chemical formula 188

[2662]

[2663]

Chemical formula 189

[2664]

[2665]

Chemical formula 190

[2666]

[2667]

Chemical formula 191

[2668]

[2669]

Chemical formula 192

[2670]

[2671] (In the above general formulas (71-21) to (71-25), R 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1 and m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7)701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m1 and m4 have the same meaning. )

[2672] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-31) to (71-33).

[2673]

Chemical formula 193

[2674]

[2675]

Chemical formula 194

[2676]

[2677]

Chemical formula 195

[2678]

[2679] (In the above general formulas (71-31) to (71-33), R 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 , m2 to m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 , X 7 ,Ar 701 ,Ar 702 , L 701 、m2~m4 have the same meaning. )

[2680] In one embodiment, Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2681] In one embodiment, Ar 701 and Ar 702 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, Ar 701 and Ar 702 The other one of the above is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2682] As specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (7), for example, the following compounds can be mentioned.

[2683]

Chemical formula 196

[2684]

[2685]

Chemical formula 197

[2686]

[2687]

Chemical formula 198

[2688]

[2689]

Chemical formula 199

[2690]

[2691]

Chemical Formula 200

[2692]

[2693]

Chemical Formula 201

[2694]

[2695] (Compound represented by general formula (8))

[2696] The compound represented by the general formula (8) is described.

[2697]

Chemical Formula 202

[2698]

[2699] (In the above general formula (8),

[2700] R 801 With R 802 , R 802 With R 803 and R 803 With R 804 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82),

[2701] R 805 With R 806 , R 806 With R 807 and R 807 With R 808 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83).

[2702]

Chemical Formula 203

[2703]

[2704] (R which does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) 801 ~R 804 and R 811 ~R814 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),

[2705] R which does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (83) 805 ~R 808 and R 821 ~R 824 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),

[2706] X 8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 809 ,

[2707] R which does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , R is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821 ~R 824 , and R 809 Each independently

[2708] Hydrogen atoms,

[2709] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2710] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2711] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2712] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2713] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2714] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2715] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2716] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2717] Halogen atoms,

[2718] Cyano,

[2719] Nitro,

[2720] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2721] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2722]

Chemical formula 204

[2723]

[2724] (In the above general formula (84),

[2725] Ar 801 and Ar 802 Each independently

[2726] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2727] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2728] L 801 ~L 803 Each independently

[2729] single bond,

[2730] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[2731] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or

[2732] a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[2733] The * in the general formula (84) above represents the bonding position to the ring structure represented by the general formula (8), the group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83).

[2734] In the above general formula (8), the positions of the divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) and the divalent group represented by the general formula (83) are not particularly limited, and can be 801 ~R 808 The possible positions form this group.

[2735] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (81-1) to (81-6).

[2736]

Chemical Formula 205

[2737]

[2738]

Chemical formula 206

[2739]

[2740]

Chemical formula 207

[2741]

[2742] (In the above general formulas (81-1) to (81-6),

[2743] X 8 With X in the above general formula (8) 8 The same meaning,

[2744] R 801 ~R 824 At least two of them are monovalent groups represented by the above general formula (84),

[2745] R which is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 824 Each independently

[2746] Hydrogen atoms,

[2747] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2748] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2749] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2750] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2751] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2752] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2753] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2754] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2755] Halogen atoms,

[2756] Cyano,

[2757] Nitro,

[2758] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2759] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2760] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (81-7) to (81-18).

[2761]

Chemical formula 208

[2762]

[2763]

Chemical formula 209

[2764]

[2765]

Chemical Formula 210

[2766]

[2767]

Chemical Formula 211

[2768]

[2769]

Chemical Formula 212

[2770]

[2771]

Chemical Formula 213

[2772]

[2773] (In the above general formulas (81-7) to (81-18),

[2774] X 8 With X in the above general formula (8) 8 The same meaning,

[2775] * is a single bond bonded to the monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84),

[2776] R 801 ~R 824 Each independently of R in the above general formulae (81-1) to (81-6) other than the monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 824 Same meaning.)

[2777] R which does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , and R which is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821~R 824 Preferably, each independently is

[2778] Hydrogen atoms,

[2779] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2780] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2781] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2782] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2783] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2784] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2785] The monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) is preferably represented by the following general formula (85) or (86).

[2786]

Chemical formula 214

[2787]

[2788] (In the above general formula (85),

[2789] R 831 ~R 840 Each independently

[2790] Hydrogen atoms,

[2791] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2792] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2793] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2794] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2795] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2796] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2797] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2798] -N(R 906 )(R907 ) shown in the group,

[2799] Halogen atoms,

[2800] Cyano,

[2801] Nitro,

[2802] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2803] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2804] The * in the above general formula (85) has the same meaning as the * in the above general formula (84).

[2805]

Chemical Formula 215

[2806]

[2807] (In the above general formula (86),

[2808] Ar 801 , L 801 and L 803 and Ar in the above general formula (84) 801 , L 801 and L 803 The same meaning,

[2809] HAR 801 The structure is represented by the following general formula (87).

[2810]

Chemical Formula 216

[2811]

[2812] (In the above general formula (87),

[2813] X 81 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,

[2814] R 841 ~R 848 Any one of them is 803 Bonded single bonds,

[2815] R is not a single bond 841 ~R 848 Each independently

[2816] Hydrogen atoms,

[2817] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2818] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2819] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2820] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2821] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2822] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2823] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2824] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2825] Halogen atoms,

[2826] Cyano,

[2827] Nitro,

[2828] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2829] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2830] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (8) include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2014 / 104144 and the compounds shown below.

[2831]

Chemical Formula 217

[2832]

[2833]

Chemical formula 218

[2834]

[2835]

Chemical formula 219

[2836]

[2837]

Chemical Formula 220

[2838]

[2839]

Chemical Formula 221

[2840]

[2841]

Chemical Formula 222

[2842]

[2843] (Compound represented by general formula (9))

[2844] The compound represented by the general formula (9) is described.

[2845]

Chemical Formula 223

[2846]

[2847] (In the above general formula (9),

[2848] A 91 Ring and A 92 The rings are independently

[2849] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2850] a subs...

Claims

1. An organic electroluminescent element comprising an anode, a cathode, a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, The first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are arranged between the anode and the cathode, The first light-emitting layer comprises a first host material, a first organic material and a first dopant material, The second light-emitting layer comprises a second host material and a second dopant material, The first host material, the first organic material and the second host material are compounds with different structures from each other, The first dopant material and the second dopant material are compounds with the same structure or compounds with different structures. The first host material, the first organic material, the second host material, the first dopant material, and the second dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formulas (Mathematical Formula 1), (Mathematical Formula 2), (Mathematical Formula 3), (Mathematical Formula 5), ​​and (Mathematical Formula 6), T1(H1)>T1(H3)…(Formula 1) T1(H2)>T1(H3)…(Formula 2) T1(D1)>T1(H1)…(Formula 3) S1(H1)>S1(D1)…(Formula 5) S1(H2)>S1(D1)…(Formula 6) In the above mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 1), (Mathematical formula 2), (Mathematical formula 3), (Mathematical formula 5) and (Mathematical formula 6), T1(H1) is the triplet energy of the first host material, in eV, T1(H2) is the triplet energy of the first organic material, in eV, T1(H3) is the triplet energy of the second host material, in eV, T1(D1) is the triplet energy of the first dopant material in eV, S1(H1) is the singlet energy of the first host material, in eV, S1(H2) is the singlet energy of the first organic material, in eV, S1(D1) is the singlet energy of the first dopant material, in eV.

2. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein The triplet energy T1(H2) of the first organic material and the triplet energy T1(D1) of the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 4): T1(D1)>T1(H2)…(Formula 4).

3. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first host material satisfies at least one of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 7) and the first organic material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 8). ΔFWHM(H1)=HWF(H1)-HWS(H1)≤15…(Equation 7) ΔFWHM(H2)=HWF(H2)-HWS(H2)≤15…(Math. 8) In the above mathematical formulas (Mathematical formula 7) and (Mathematical formula 8), HWF(H1) is the half-maximum width of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the film of the first host material, in nm, HWS(H1) is the half-maximum width of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the solution of the first host material, in nm, ΔFWHM(H1) is the difference between HWF(H1) and HWS(H1), HWF(H2) is the half-maximum width of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the film of the first organic material, in nm, HWS(H2) is the half-maximum width of the peak in the photoluminescence spectrum of the solution of the first organic material, in nm, ΔFWHM(H2) is the difference between HWF(H2) and HWS(H2).

4. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 3, wherein The first host material does not satisfy the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 7), The first organic material satisfies the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 8).

5. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 3, wherein The first host material satisfies the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 7), The first organic material does not satisfy the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 8). The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 3 , wherein: The first host material satisfies the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 7), The first organic material satisfies the relationship of the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 8).

7. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 3, wherein The half-peak width FWHM, or HWS, of the compound in solution was calculated as follows: The compound to be measured was 5.0×10 -6 The sample for measurement is prepared by dissolving it in toluene at a concentration of mol / L. The sample for measurement is placed in a quartz colorimetric cell and irradiated with excitation light at 300K. The fluorescence spectrum is measured. The width of the wavelength at which the intensity reaches half the peak wavelength of the measured fluorescence spectrum is measured, and the unit of HWS is calculated in nm. The half-maximum width FWHM, that is, HWF, of the film of the compound is calculated as follows: A 20 mm × 10 mm × 1 mm thick quartz substrate was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, followed by UV ozone cleaning for 30 minutes. The UV ozone cleaned quartz substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. A film with a thickness of 50 nm was formed using the compound to be measured to prepare a sample for measuring half-width at half maximum. The fluorescence spectrum of the film of this sample for measuring half-width at half maximum was measured, and the width of the wavelength at which the intensity of the measured fluorescence spectrum reaches half the peak wavelength was calculated. The unit of HWF is nm. The vertical axis of the fluorescence spectrum is the fluorescence intensity, and the horizontal axis is the wavelength.

8. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein The first host material and the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 9): Ip(H1)≥Ip(H2)…(Formula 9) In the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 9), Ip(H1) is the ionization potential of the first host material, in eV, and Ip(H2) is the ionization potential of the first organic material, in eV.

9. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein The first host material and the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 9A): Ip(H1)<Ip(H2)…(Formula 9A) In the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 9A), Ip(H1) is the ionization potential of the first host material, and Ip(H2) is the ionization potential of the first organic material. The unit of ionization potential is eV.

10. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 8 or 9, wherein The ionization potential of the compound was measured in air using a photoelectron spectrometer.

11. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1A): T1(H1)-T1(H3)>0.03eV…(Mathematical formula 1A).

12. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein The singlet energy S1(H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S1(H2) of the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 5A): S1(H1)>S1(H2)…(Mathematical formula 5A).

13. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein The singlet energy S1(H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S1(H2) of the first organic material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 5B): S1(H1)<S1(H2)…(Mathematical formula 5B).

14. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (21): In the general formula (21), L A1 , L B1 and L C1 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms, A1, B1 and C1 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or -Si(R 921 )(R 922 )(R 923 ), R 921 、R 922 and R 923 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, In R 921 When there are multiple R 921 Same or different from each other, In R 922 When there are multiple R 922 Same or different from each other, In R 923 When there are multiple R 923 Same as or different from each other.

15. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 14, wherein The compound represented by the general formula (21) is a compound represented by the following general formula (212), In the general formula (212), L C1 , A1, B1 and C1 are each the same as those defined in the general formula (21), n1 and n2 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, When there are multiple Rs, the multiple Rs may be the same or different from each other. When there are multiple Rs, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rs are included. bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring is cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 )、 -O-(R 904 )、 a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 and R 904 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same as or different from each other.

16. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 14 or 15, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (21), at least one of A1, B1, and C1 is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following general formulas (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e), In the general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e), X 21 NR 21 , CR 22 R 23 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms, In X 21 If there are multiple X 21 Same or different from each other, In X 21 CR 22 R 23 In the case of R 22 With R 23 The group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 21 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 22 and R 23 Each independently hydrogen atoms, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 211 ~R 218 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 211 ~R 218 Each independently hydrogen atoms, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e), * is independently A1 , L B1 or L C1 The bonding position of In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 and R 904 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same as or different from each other.

17. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein A1, B1 and C1, which are not selected from the group consisting of groups represented by general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e), are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

18. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (22): In the general formula (22), A 21 and A 22 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, One of Y5 to Y8 is a carbon atom bonded to *1, Y9~Y 12 One of them is the carbon atom bonded to *2, Y1~Y4、Y 13 ~Y 16 、Y5 to Y8 of carbon atoms not bonded to *1 and Y9 to Y10 of carbon atoms not bonded to *2 12 Each independently CR 20 , In R 20 When there are multiple R 20 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones, one or more of them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 20 Each independently hydrogen atoms, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 21 and L 22 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 and R 904 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same as or different from each other.

19. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 18, wherein The compound represented by the general formula (22) is a compound represented by the following general formula (221), In the general formula (221), Y1~Y5、Y7~Y 10 and Y 12 ~Y 16 CR 20 , A 21 、A 22 , L 21 , L 22 and R 20 Each of them is the same as A in the general formula (22) 21 、A 22 , L 21 , L 22 and R 20 Same meaning, multiple R 20 Same as or different from each other.

20. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 18 or 19, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (22), A 21 and A 22 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

21. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (22), A 21 and A 22 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, 21 and A 22 The other is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, a naphthylphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene group, or a 9,9-bisphenylfluorenyl group.

22. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (22), A 21 and A 22 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, 21 and A 22 The other is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted p-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted m-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted o-biphenyl, substituted or unsubstituted 3-naphthylphenyl, triphenylene, or 9,9-bisphenylfluorenyl.

23. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 18 to 22, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (22), L 21 and L 22 Each is independently a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

24. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (23): In the general formula (23), R 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (231) is When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (231), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (231) are the same as or different from each other. L 231 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 231 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m23 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In L 231 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 231 Same or different from each other, In Ar 231 When there are two or more Ar 231 Same or different from each other, When the compound represented by the general formula (231) contains a plurality of pyrene rings in its molecule, at least one of the plurality of pyrene rings has a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, * in the general formula (231) represents the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the general formula (23), In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

25. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 24, wherein The compound represented by the general formula (23) has a plurality of pyrene rings in its molecule.

26. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 25, wherein The plurality of pyrene rings each independently have a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms.

27. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 26, wherein The number of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 3 to 50 carbon atoms on each pyrene ring is one or more, and the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 3 to 50 carbon atoms may be the same as or different from each other.

28. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 24, wherein The compound represented by the general formula (23) has only one pyrene ring in its molecule.

29. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (23), Ar 231 Not substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl, L 231 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenylene group, and R is not a group represented by the general formula (231) 2301 ~R 2310 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group.

30. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 24 to 29, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (23), R 2301 With R 2306 Each is independently a group represented by the general formula (231).

31. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 24 to 30, wherein R is not a group represented by the general formula (231) 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

32. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 24 to 30, wherein R is not a group represented by the general formula (231) 2301 ~R 2310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

33. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (24): In the general formula (24), R 2401 ~R 2412 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (241) is Among them, R 2401 ~R 2412 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (241), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (241) are the same as or different from each other. L 241 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 241 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m 24 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In L 241 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 241 Same or different from each other, In Ar 241 When there are two or more Ar 241 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (241) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (24), In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

34. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (25): In the general formula (25), R 2501 ~R 2510 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2501 ~R 2510 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (251) is wherein the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 2501 ~R 2510 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (251), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (251) are the same as or different from each other. L 251 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 251 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m 25 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In L 251 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 251 Same or different from each other, In Ar 251 When there are two or more Ar 251 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (251) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (25), In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

35. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (26): In the general formula (26), R 2601 ~R 2603 Each independently hydrogen atoms, Halogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkylamino group having 7 to 60 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 2606 ~R 2610 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones, one or more of them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2606 and R 2610 Each independently hydrogen atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 2607 ~R 2609 Each independently hydrogen atoms, Halogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkylamino group having 7 to 60 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Among them, in R 2608 With R 2609 Group or R 2608 With R 2607 When the group of R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, 2607 ~R 2609 At least one of substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl, Substituted phenyl, or Substituted biphenyl groups, The substituted phenyl group and the substituted biphenyl group each independently have a group selected from substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl, and At least one group selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl groups, Among them, there is no 2608 With R 2609 Group or R 2608 With R 2607 The group and R 2607 ~R 2609 When the bonded benzene ring forms a carbazole group, In R 2607 ~R 2609 When any one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group, R 2601 ~R 2603 is a hydrogen atom, R 2601 ~R 2603 and R 2606 ~R 2610 Each substituent of does not have a polymerizable functional group at the terminal, X 26 is a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, In the first organic material, R 904 、R 905 、R 906 、R 907 With R 801 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same as or different from each other.

36. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 35, wherein In the compound represented by the general formula (26), R 2608 With R 2609 The group, and R 2608 With R 2607 The group does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.

37. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 35 or 36, wherein R 2607 and R 2609 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group, a substituted phenyl group, or a substituted biphenyl group, The substituted phenyl group and the substituted biphenyl group each independently have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted 9-carbazolyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted azacarbazolyl group having 2 to 5 nitrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophenyl group.

38. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein R 2601 ~R 2603 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

39. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein R 2603 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

40. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein The first organic material is a compound represented by the following general formula (27) or general formula (28), In the general formula (27) and the general formula (28), Ar 271 、Ar 272 and Ar 273 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 6 ring atoms, Among them, Ar 271 、Ar 272 and Ar 273 Optionally have one or more substituents Y, multiple substituents Y are the same or different from each other, The substituent Y is an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 271 、Ar 272 and Ar 273 a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of X 271 、X 272 、X 273 and X 274 are independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR 271 or CR 272 R 273 , R 271 、R 272 and R 273 Each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, r, p and q are each independently 0 or 1, s is 1, 2, or 3, n is 2, 3 or 4, respectively. 273 Dimers, trimers, and tetramers as linking groups, Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All are NR 271 When r and p are 0 and q is 1, or when X 271 and X 273 All are NR 271 , p and q are 0, r is 1, at least one R 271 is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent fused aromatic heterocyclic group having 8 to 24 ring atoms, L 271 for single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 271 a connected substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, L 272 for single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a connected substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All CR 272 R 273 , r and p are 0, q is 1 and L 271 and L 272 In the case where all of them are substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or in the case where X 271 and X 273 All CR 272 R 273 , p and q are 0, r is 1 and L 271 and L 272 When all are substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, L is absent. 271 and L 272 At the same time relative to Ar 272 Connected to the opposite position, When n is 2, L 273 for single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, A divalent silyl group or a divalent substituted silyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a connected substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, When n is 3, L 273 for a trivalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, trivalent silyl group or trivalent substituted silyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a linked substituted or unsubstituted trivalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, When n is 4, L 273 for a tetravalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, Silicon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with Ar 273 a linked substituted or unsubstituted tetravalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, Among them, in X 271 and X 272 All CR 272 R 273 , r and p are 0, q is 1 and L 271 and L 273 In the case where all of them are substituted or unsubstituted divalent, trivalent or tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or in the case where X 271 and X 273 All CR 272 R 273 , p and q are 0, r is 1 and L 271 and L 273 When all of them are substituted or unsubstituted divalent, trivalent or tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, L is absent. 271 and L 273 At the same time relative to Ar 272 Connected to the opposite position, A 271 for hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with L 271 a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, wherein L 271 In the case of an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A 271 Not hydrogen atoms, A 272 for hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or Through carbon-carbon bond with L 272 a connected substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms, Among them, in L 272 In the case of an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A 272 It is not a hydrogen atom, and in X 271 and X 272 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or CR 272 R 273 , r and p are 0, q is 1, L 271 and L 272 All are single bonds and A 271 and A 272 When all are hydrogen atoms, or when X 271 and X 273 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or CR 272 R 273 , p and q are 0, r is 1, L 271 and L 272 All are single bonds and A 271 and A 272 When all atoms are hydrogen, there is no Ar 272 In the case of having one or more substituents Y and the substituent Y is a methyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, A 271 、A 272 , L 271 , L 272 and L 273 Does not contain a carbonyl group, The general formula (27) is not the structure shown by the following general formula (271), The general formula (28) is not the structure shown by the following general formula (281), In the general formula (271), X 271 、X 272 、A 271 、A 272 , L 271 and L 272 and X in the general formula (27) 271 、X 272 、A 271 、A 272 , L 271 and L 272 Same meaning, Y 271 、Y 272 and Y 273 Each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Aralkyl having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a silyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of the benzene rings a, b, and c via a carbon-carbon bond, d and f are 3, e is 2, In the general formula (281), X 271 、X 272 、A 271 , L 271 , L 273 and n are respectively the same as X in the general formula (28) 271 、X 272 、A 271 , L 271 , L 273 Same meaning as n, Y 271 、Y 272 and Y 273 Each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Aralkyl having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a silyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 24 ring atoms connected to any one of the benzene rings a, b, and c via a carbon-carbon bond, d and f are 3, e is 2, In the first organic material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 With R 904 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same as or different from each other.

41. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 14 to 40, wherein In the first organic material, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

42. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 41, wherein The first organic material is a compound without an anthracene ring.

43. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 42, wherein The first organic material is a compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less.

44. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 43, wherein In the first light-emitting layer, the total mass M of the first host material and the first organic material is T The mass M1 of the first host material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 11): 50≤(M1 / M T )×100<100…(Mathematical formula 11).

45. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 44, wherein The first dopant material is a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

46. ​​The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 45, wherein The first dopant material is a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 470 nm or less.

47. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein The first dopant material is a fluorescent compound.

48. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein The first dopant material is not a complex.

49. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 48, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer exceeds 1.1% by mass.

50. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 49, wherein The second dopant material is a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

51. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 50, wherein The second dopant material is a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 470 nm or less.

52. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 51, wherein The second dopant material is a fluorescent compound.

53. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein The triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12): T1(D2)>T1(H3)…(Mathematical formula 12).

54. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 53, wherein The singlet energy S1(H3) of the second host material and the singlet energy S1(D2) of the second dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 13): S1(H3)>S1(D2)…(Mathematical formula 13).

55. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 54, wherein The second dopant material is not a complex.

56. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 55, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer exceeds 1.1% by mass.

57. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 56, wherein A first organic layer is disposed between the light-emitting layer disposed on the anode side of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer and the anode.

58. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 57, wherein In the case where the first light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the second light-emitting layer, the first organic layer is disposed between the first light-emitting layer and the anode. When the second light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the first light-emitting layer, the first organic layer is disposed between the second light-emitting layer and the anode.

59. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 57 or 58, wherein The first light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the second light-emitting layer, and the first organic layer is a layer disposed between the anode and the first light-emitting layer.

60. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 57 to 59, wherein When the first light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the second light-emitting layer, the first organic layer is directly in contact with the first light-emitting layer. When the second light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the first light-emitting layer, the first organic layer is in direct contact with the second light-emitting layer.

61. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 57 to 60, wherein The first organic layer contains hole transport region materials, The hole transport region material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (A300) and general formula (A400), In the general formula (A300), L A3 , L B3 and L C3 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms, A3, B3 and C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or -Si(R 931 )(R 932 )(R 933 ), wherein at least one of A3, B3 and C3 is a group represented by the general formula (A301), the general formula (A302) or the general formula (A303), R 931 、R 932 and R 933 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, In R 931 When there are multiple R 931 Same or different from each other, In R 932 When there are multiple R 932 Same or different from each other, In R 933 When there are multiple R 933 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (A301), n3 is 3, 3 R 301 Same or different from each other, 3 Rs 301 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 302 ~R 305 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 306 With R 307 The group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (A302), R 312 With R 313 The group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 314 ~R 317 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (A303), R 321 With R 322 The group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 324 ~R 327 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (A301), general formula (A302) and general formula (A303), R 311 、R 318 、R 323 and R 328 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 301 ~R 307 、R 312 ~R 317 、R 321 ~R 322 and R 324 ~R 327 Each independently hydrogen atoms, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (A301), general formula (A302) and general formula (A303), * is A3 , L B3 or L C3 The bonding position of In the general formula (A300), R 901 、R 902 、R 903 and R 904 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (A400), L A4 , L B4 , L C4 and L D4 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, n4 is 1, 2, 3 or 4, When n4 is 1, L E4 for a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, When n4 is 2, 3 or 4, multiple L E4 Same or different from each other, When n4 is 2, 3 or 4, multiple L E4 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, L that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring E4 for a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, A4, B4, C4 and D4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ), In the general formula (A400), R 901 、R 902 With R 903 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same as or different from each other.

62. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 61, wherein The hole transport region material is the compound represented by the general formula (A300), The compound represented by the general formula (A300) is a monoamine compound having only one substituted amino group in its molecule.

63. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 61, wherein The hole transport region material is the compound represented by the general formula (A400), The compound represented by the general formula (A400) is a diamine compound having two substituted amino groups in its molecule.

64. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 63, wherein In the hole transport region material, groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are all "unsubstituted" groups.

65. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 64, wherein The hole transport region material and the first host material are compounds with different structures.

66. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 65, wherein The hole transport region material and the first organic material are compounds with different structures.

67. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 66, wherein The first organic layer has a thickness of 20 nm or more.

68. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 67, wherein The first organic layer has a thickness of 30 nm or more.

69. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 67, wherein The first organic layer has a thickness of 40 nm or more.

70. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 69, wherein A second organic layer is disposed between the anode and the first organic layer and is directly in contact with the first organic layer. The first organic layer has a thickness greater than that of the second organic layer.

71. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 61 to 70, wherein The first host material and the hole transport region material satisfy the following relationship (Mathematical Formula 20): Ip(H1)-Ip(HT1)>0.3eV…(Math. 20) In the mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 20), Ip(H1) is the ionization potential of the first host material, and Ip(HT1) is the ionization potential of the hole transport region material. The unit of ionization potential is eV.

72. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 71, wherein The first host material and the hole transport region material satisfy the following relationship (Mathematical Formula 20A): Ip(H1)-Ip(HT1)>0.4eV…(Mathematical formula 20A).

73. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 71, wherein The first host material and the hole transport region material satisfy the following relationship (Mathematical Formula 20B): Ip(H1)-Ip(HT1)>0.5eV…(Mathematical formula 20B).

74. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 57 to 73, wherein Of the first and second light-emitting layers, the light-emitting layer disposed on the anode side is in direct contact with the first organic layer.

75. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein The first light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the second light-emitting layer.

76. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 75, wherein The first host material is a first compound represented by the following general formula (1), general formula (11X), general formula (12X), general formula (13X) or general formula (14X), In the general formula (1), R 101 ~R 110 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (11) is Among them, R 101 ~R 110 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (11), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (11), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (11) are the same as or different from each other. L 101 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 101 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 101 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same or different from each other, In Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (11) indicates the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the general formula (1), In the general formula (11X), R 1101 ~R 1112 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (111X) Among them, R 1101 ~R 1112 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (111X), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (111X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (111X) are the same as or different from each other. L 1101 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1101 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1101 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1101 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1101 When there are two or more Ar 1101 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (111X) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (11X), In the general formula (12X), R 1201 ~R 1210 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (121X) is wherein the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 1201 ~R 1210 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (121X), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (121X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (121X) are the same as or different from each other. L 1201 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1201 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx2 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1201 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1201 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1201 When there are two or more Ar 1201 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (121X) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (12X), In the general formula (13X), R 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (131X) is Among them, R 1301 ~R 1310 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (131X), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (131X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (131X) are the same as or different from each other. L 1301 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1301 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In L 1301 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1301 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1301 When there are two or more Ar 1301 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (131X) represents the bonding position to the fluoranthene ring in the general formula (13X), In the general formula (14X), R 1401 ~R 1410 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (141X) is Among them, R 1401 ~R 1410 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (141X), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (141X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (141X) are the same as or different from each other. L 1401 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1401 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx4 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1401 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1401 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1401 When there are two or more Ar 1401 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (141X) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (14X), In the first host material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

77. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 76, wherein In the first host material, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

78. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 77, wherein The first light-emitting layer does not contain a metal complex.

79. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 78, wherein The first light-emitting layer has a thickness of 3 nm to 15 nm.

80. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 79, wherein The second light-emitting layer does not contain a metal complex.

81. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 80, wherein The second light-emitting layer has a thickness of 5 nm to 25 nm.

82. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 81, wherein The third compound as the second host material is a compound represented by the following general formula (3): In the general formula (3), R 301 ~R 308 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 301 and L 302 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the third compound, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 、R 907 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

83. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 82, wherein In the third compound, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

84. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 83, wherein The first dopant material and the second dopant material are each independently one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (4), a compound represented by the following general formula (5), a compound represented by the following general formula (6), a compound represented by the following general formula (7), a compound represented by the following general formula (8), a compound represented by the following general formula (9), and a compound represented by the following general formula (10), In the general formula (4), Z is each independently CRa or a nitrogen atom, Ring A1 and ring A2 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, When there are multiple Ra, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Ra bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, n21 and n22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, When there are multiple Rb, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rb bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, When there are multiple Rcs, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rcs are selected. bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, Ra, Rb and Rc that do not form the monocyclic ring and the condensed ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Rb is bonded to any carbon atom forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A1 ring, or any atom forming the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring, Rc is bonded to any carbon atom forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A2 ring, or any atom forming the heterocyclic ring as the A2 ring, In the general formula (5), R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 521 and R 522 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (6), Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 601 and R 602 Each independently bonds to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601 and R 602 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (7), The r ring is a ring represented by the general formula (72) or (73) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the general formula (74) fused at any position of the adjacent rings, The p ring and the t ring are each independently a structure represented by the general formula (75) or (76) fused at any position of the adjacent rings, X7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 702 , In R 701 When there are multiple adjacent R 701 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 701 and R 702 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 701 for a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m1 is 0, 1, or 2, m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, m3 are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, m4 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In R 701 When there are multiple R 701 Same or different from each other, When there are multiple X7, the multiple X7 are the same or different from each other. In R 702 When there are multiple R 702 Same or different from each other, In Ar 701 When there are multiple Ar 701 Same or different from each other, In Ar 702 When there are multiple Ar 702 Same or different from each other, In L 701 When there are multiple L 701 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (8), R 801 With R 802 、R 802 With R 803 and R 803 With R 804 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82), R 805 With R 806 、R 806 With R 807 and R 807 With R 808 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83), R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) 801 ~R 804 and R 811 ~R 814 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84), R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (83) 805 ~R 808 and R 821 ~R 824 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84), X8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 809 , R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , R is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821 ~R 824 , and R 809 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (84), Ar 801 and Ar 802 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 801 ~L 803 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, * in the general formula (84) represents the bonding position to the ring structure represented by the general formula (8), the group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83), In the general formula (9), A 91 Ring and A 92 The rings are independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Selected from A 91 Ring and A 92 One or more rings in the ring are bonded to * of the structure represented by the following general formula (92), In the general formula (92), A 93 Ring a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, X9 for NR 93 、C(R 94 )(R 95 )、Si(R 96 )(R 97 )、Ge(R 98 )(R 99 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms or selenium atoms, R 91 and R 92 for bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 91 and R 92 , and R 93 ~R 99 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (10), The Ax1 ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10a) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The Ax2 ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10b) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The two * in the general formula (10b) are bonded to any position of the Ax3 ring, X A and X B Each independently is C(R 1003 )(R 1004 )、Si(R 1005 )(R 1006 ), oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms, Ax3 ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1001 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 1001 ~R 1006 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx1 is 3, mx2 is 2, Multiple R 1001 Same or different from each other, Multiple R 1002 Same or different from each other, ax is 0, 1, or 2, When ax is 0 or 1, the structures in the brackets shown by "3-ax" are the same or different from each other. When ax is 2, multiple Ar 1001 Same or different from each other, In the first dopant material and the second dopant material, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 and R 907 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same as or different from each other.

85. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 84, wherein A hole transport layer is included between the light-emitting layer disposed on the anode side of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer and the anode.

86. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 85, wherein An electron transport layer is included between the light-emitting layer disposed on the cathode side of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

87. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 86, wherein The first light-emitting layer emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

88. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 87, wherein The second light-emitting layer emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

89. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 88, wherein The organic electroluminescent element emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

90. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 89, wherein The first light-emitting layer is directly in contact with the second light-emitting layer.

91. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein The first host material is the following compound BH1-1 or BH1-2, The first organic material is the following compound BH2-1, BH2-2, BH2-3, BH2-4, BH2-5, BH2-6, BH2-7, BH2-8 or HT3, The second host material is the following compound BH3-1, BH3-2, or BH3-3, 92. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 61, wherein The hole transport region material is the following compound HT2, 93. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, 2, 11 or 53, wherein The compound to be measured for triplet energy T1 was dissolved in EPA with a volume ratio of diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 to give a volume of 10 -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less, the solution was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample, and the phosphorescence spectrum of the measurement sample was measured at 77K. A tangent line was drawn for the short-wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum, and the wavelength value λ based on the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis was set. edge The energy calculated according to the following conversion formula (F1) is the triplet energy T1, wherein the vertical axis of the phosphorescence spectrum is the phosphorescence intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength. Conversion formula (F1): T1 = 1239.85 / λ edge , The unit of T1 is eV, λ edge The unit is nm.

94. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, 12, 13 or 54, wherein 10 of the compound to be measured for the singlet energy S1 was prepared -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less toluene solution is added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample is measured at 300K. A tangent line is drawn on the long-wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, and the wavelength value λedge of the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis is substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the singlet energy S1, wherein the vertical axis of the absorption spectrum is the absorption intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength. Conversion formula (F2): S1 = 1239.85 / λedge, It should be noted that the unit of S1 is eV, and the unit of λedge is nm.

95. An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 94.

Images